Search completed in 1.37 seconds.
<section>: The Generic Section element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the html <
section> element represents a standalone
section — which doesn't have a more specific semantic element to represent it — contained within an html document.
... typically, but not always,
sections have a heading.
... as an example, a navigation menu should be wrapped in a <nav> element, but a list of search results and a map display and its controls don't have specific elements, and could be put inside a <
section>.
...And 9 more matches
IntersectionObserver.IntersectionObserver() - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserver() constructor creates and returns a new inter
sectionobserver object.
... syntax var observer = new inter
sectionobserver(callback[, options]); parameters callback a function which is called when the percentage of the target element is visible crosses a threshold.
... the callback receives as input two parameters: entries an array of inter
sectionobserverentry objects, each representing one threshold which was crossed, either becoming more or less visible than the percentage specified by that threshold.
...And 8 more matches
IntersectionObserverEntry.intersectionRatio - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserverentry interface's read-only inter
sectionratio property tells you how much of the target element is currently visible within the root's inter
section ratio, as a value between 0.0 and 1.0.
... syntax var inter
sectionratio = inter
sectionobserverentry.inter
sectionratio; value a number between 0.0 and 1.0 which indicates how much of the target element is actually visible within the root's inter
section rectangle.
... more precisely, this value is the ratio of the area of the inter
section rectangle (inter
sectionrect) to the area of the target's bounds rectangle (boundingclientrect).
...And 3 more matches
IntersectionObserverEntry.intersectionRect - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserverentry interface's read-only inter
sectionrect property is a domrectreadonly object which describes the smallest rectangle that contains the entire portion of the target element which is currently visible within the inter
section root.
... syntax var inter
sectionrect = inter
sectionobserverentry.inter
sectionrect; value a domrectreadonly which describes the part of the target element that's currently visible within the root's inter
section rectangle.
... this rectangle is computed by taking the inter
section of boundingclientrect with each of the target's ancestors' clip rectangles, with the exception of the inter
section root itself.
...And 2 more matches
Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
the inter
section observer api provides a way to asynchronously observe changes in the inter
section of a target element with an ancestor element or with a top-level document's viewport.
...inter
section information is needed for many reasons, such as: lazy-loading of images or other content as a page is scrolled.
... implementing inter
section detection in the past involved event handlers and loops calling methods like element.getboundingclientrect() to build up the needed information for every element affected.
...And 61 more matches
Using HTML sections and outlines - Developer guides
the html5 specification introduced several semantic
sectioning elements to help organize the structure of documents.
... semantic
sectioning elements are specifically designed to communicate structural meaning to browsers and other technologies interpreting the document on behalf of users, such as screen readers and voice assistants.
... semantic
sectioning elements clarify the larger-scale structures within a document.
...And 29 more matches
Timing element visibility with the Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
the inter
section observer api makes it easy to be asynchronously notified when elements of interest become more or less obscured by a shared ancestor node or element, including the document itself.
... in this article, we'll build a mock blog which has a number of ads interspersed among the contents of the page, then use the inter
section observer api to track how much time each ad is visible to the user.
... although many aspects of this example will not match real world usage (in particular, the articles all have the same text and aren't loaded from a database, and there are just a handful of simple text-only ads that are selected from an array), this should provide enough understanding of the api to quickly learn how to apply the inter
section observer api to your own site.
...And 17 more matches
HTMLTableSectionElement - Web APIs
the htmltable
sectionelement interface provides special properties and methods (beyond the htmlelement interface it also has available to it by inheritance) for manipulating the layout and presentation of
sections, that is headers, footers and bodies, in an html table.
...ndale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmlelement</text></a><polyline points="491,25 501,20 501,30 491,25" stroke="#d4dde4" fill="none"/><line x1="501" y1="25" x2="509" y2="25" stroke="#d4dde4"/><line x1="509" y1="25" x2="509" y2="90" stroke="#d4dde4"/><line x1="509" y1="90" x2="492" y2="90" stroke="#d4dde4"/><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/htmltable
sectionelement" target="_top"><rect x="261" y="65" width="230" height="50" fill="#f4f7f8" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="376" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmltable
sectionelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inh...
... htmltable
sectionelement.align is a domstring containing an enumerated value reflecting the align attribute.
...And 13 more matches
IntersectionObserver - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserver interface of the inter
section observer api provides a way to asynchronously observe changes in the inter
section of a target element with an ancestor element or with a top-level document's viewport.
... when an inter
sectionobserver is created, it's configured to watch for given ratios of visibility within the root.
... the configuration cannot be changed once the inter
sectionobserver is created, so a given observer object is only useful for watching for specific changes in degree of visibility; however, you can watch multiple target elements with the same observer.
...And 10 more matches
WebAssembly.Module.customSections() - JavaScript
the webassembly.custom
sections() function returns a copy of the contents of all custom
sections in the given module with the given string name.
... syntax webassembly.module.custom
sections(module,
sectionname); parameters module the webassembly.module object whose custom
sections are being considered.
...
sectionname the string name of the desired custom
section.
...And 10 more matches
IntersectionObserverEntry - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserverentry interface of the inter
section observer api describes the inter
section between the target element and its root container at a specific moment of transition.
... instances of inter
sectionobserverentry are delivered to an inter
sectionobserver callback in its entries parameter; otherwise, these objects can only be obtained by calling inter
sectionobserver.takerecords().
... properties inter
sectionobserverentry.boundingclientrect read only returns the bounds rectangle of the target element as a domrectreadonly.
...And 8 more matches
CDATASection - Web APIs
the cdata
section interface represents a cdata
section that can be used within xml to include extended portions of unescaped text.
... the symbols < and & don’t need escaping as they normally do when inside a cdata
section.
... in xml, a cdata
section looks like: <![cdata[ ...
...And 7 more matches
IntersectionObserver.rootMargin - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserver interface's read-only rootmargin property is a string with syntax similar to that of the css margin property.
... each side of the rectangle represented by rootmargin is added to the corresponding side in the root element's bounding box before the inter
section test is performed.
... see the root element and root margin in inter
section observer api for a more in-depth look at the root margin and how it works with the root's bounding box.
...And 6 more matches
<h1>–<h6>: The HTML Section Heading elements - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the html <h1>–<h6> elements represent six levels of
section headings.
... <h1> is the highest
section level and <h6> is the lowest.
... don't <h1>heading level 1</h1> <h3>heading level 3</h3> <h4>heading level 4</h4> do <h1>heading level 1</h1> <h2>heading level 2</h2> <h3>heading level 3</h3> nesting headings may be nested as sub
sections to reflect the organization of the content of the page.
...And 5 more matches
IntersectionObserver.observe() - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserver method observe() adds an element to the set of target elements being watched by the inter
sectionobserver.
...to stop observing the element, call inter
sectionobserver.unobserve().
... when the visibility of the specified element crosses over one of the observer's visibility thresholds (as listed in inter
sectionobserver.thresholds), the observer's callback is executed with an array of inter
sectionobserverentry objects representing the inter
section changes which occurred.
...And 3 more matches
IntersectionObserver.thresholds - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserver interface's read-only thresholds property returns the list of inter
section thresholds that was specified when the observer was instantiated with inter
sectionobserver().
... see thresholds in inter
section observer api to learn how thresholds work.
... syntax var thresholds = inter
sectionobserver.thresholds; value an array of inter
section thresholds, originally specified using the threshold property when instantiating the observer.
...And 3 more matches
IntersectionObserverEntry.isIntersecting - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserverentry interface's read-only isintersecting property is a boolean value which is true if the target element intersects with the inter
section observer's root.
... if this is true, then, the inter
sectionobserverentry describes a transition into a state of inter
section; if it's false, then you know the transition is from intersecting to not-intersecting.
... syntax var isintersecting = inter
sectionobserverentry.isintersecting; value a boolean value which indicates whether the target element has transitioned into a state of inter
section (true) or out of a state of inter
section (false).
...And 3 more matches
Document.createCDATASection() - Web APIs
createcdata
section() creates a new cdata
section node, and returns it.
... syntax var cdata
sectionnode = document.createcdata
section(data); cdata
sectionnode is a cdata
section node.
... data is a string containing the data to be added to the cdata
section.
...And 2 more matches
IntersectionObserver.root - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserver interface's read-only root property identifies the element or document whose bounds are treated as the bounding box of the viewport for the element which is the observer's target.
... syntax var root = inter
sectionobserver.root; value a element or document object whose bounding box is used as the bounds of the viewport for the purposes of determining how much of the target element is visible.
... the inter
section of this bounding rectangle, offset by any margins specified in the options passed to the inter
sectionobserver() constructor, the target element's bounds, minus the bounds of every element or other object which overlaps the target element, is considered to be the visible area of the target element.
...And 2 more matches
IntersectionObserver.takeRecords() - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserver method takerecords() returns an array of inter
sectionobserverentry objects, one for each targeted element which has experienced an inter
section change since the last time the inter
sections were checked, either explicitly through a call to this method or implicitly by an automatic call to the observer's callback.
...calling this method clears the pending inter
section list, so the callback will not be run.
... syntax inter
sectionobserverentries = inter
sectionobserver.takerecords(); parameters none.
...And 2 more matches
IntersectionObserverEntry.target - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserverentry interface's read-only target property indicates which targeted element has changed its amount of inter
section with the inter
section root.
... syntax var target = inter
sectionobserverentry.target; value the inter
sectionobserverentry's target property specifies which element previously targeted by calling inter
sectionobserver.observe() experienced a change in inter
section with the root.
... example in this simple example, each targeted element's opacity is set to its inter
sectionratio.
...And 2 more matches
Mozilla's Section 508 Compliance
the united states federal rehabilitation act's
section 508 is a new standard for defining accessibility requirements for software and other electronic and information technology.
... part of
section 508 (§1194.21) specifically relates to mozilla, and the ability of us government agencies to buy software that contains mozilla software components.
... here is a detailed list of
section 508 bugs in mozilla's seamonkey application suite.
...here are the
section 508 requirements and how far along mozilla seamonkey rv1.8a4 is with each one: requirement windows linux/unix mac os requirement windows linux/unix mac os (a) when software is designed to run on a system that has a keyboard, product functions shall be executable from a keyboard where the function itself or the result of performing a function can be discerned textually.
IntersectionObserver.unobserve() - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserver method unobserve() instructs the inter
sectionobserver to stop observing the specified target element.
... syntax inter
sectionobserver.unobserve(target); parameters target the element to cease observing.
... var observer = new inter
sectionobserver(callback); observer.observe(document.getelementbyid("elementtoobserve")); /* ...
... */ observer.unobserve(document.getelementbyid("elementtoobserve")); specifications specification status comment inter
section observerthe definition of 'inter
sectionobserver.unobserve()' in that specification.
IntersectionObserverEntry.rootBounds - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserverentry interface's read-only rootbounds property is a domrectreadonly corresponding to the target's root inter
section rectangle, offset by the inter
sectionobserver.rootmargin if one is specified.
... syntax var rootbounds = inter
sectionobserverentry.rootbounds; value a domrectreadonly which describes the root inter
section rectangle.
... this rectangle is offset by the values in inter
sectionobserver.rootmargin.
... specifications specification status comment inter
section observerthe definition of 'inter
sectionobserverentry.rootbounds' in that specification.
IntersectionObserverEntry.time - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserverentry interface's read-only time property is a domhighrestimestamp that indicates the time at which the inter
section change occurred relative to the time at which the document was created.
... syntax var time = inter
sectionobserverentry.time; value a domhighrestimestamp which indicates the time at which the target element experienced the inter
section change described by the inter
sectionobserverentry.
... example see timing element visibility with the inter
section observer api for a complete example which uses the time property to track how long elements are visible to the user.
... specifications specification status comment inter
section observerthe definition of 'inter
sectionobserverentry.time' in that specification.
IntersectionObserver.disconnect() - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserver method disconnect() stops watching all of its target elements for visibility changes.
... syntax inter
sectionobserver.disconnect(); parameters none.
... specifications specification status comment inter
section observerthe definition of 'inter
sectionobserver.disconnect()' in that specification.
IntersectionObserverEntry.boundingClientRect - Web APIs
the inter
sectionobserverentry interface's read-only boundingclientrect property returns a domrectreadonly which in essence describes a rectangle describing the smallest rectangle that contains the entire target element.
... syntax var boundsrect = inter
sectionobserverentry.boundingclientrect; value a domrectreadonly which describes the smallest rectangle that contains every part of the target element whose inter
section change is being described.
... specifications specification status comment inter
section observerthe definition of 'inter
sectionobserverentry.boundingclientrect' in that specification.
set:intersection() - EXSLT
xslt/xpath reference: xslt elements, exslt functions, xpath functions, xpath axes set:inter
section() returns the inter
section of two node-sets.
... syntax set:inter
section(nodeset1, nodeset2) arguments nodeset1 the first node-set.
... specifications exslt - set:inter
section ...
<nav>: The Navigation Section element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the html <nav> element represents a
section of a page whose purpose is to provide navigation links, either within the current document or to other documents.
... common examples of navigation
sections are menus, tables of contents, and indexes.
... content categories flow content,
sectioning content, palpable content.
Index
this line is a placeholder for future
sections that should explain how libpkix works and is designed.
...the bug fixes in nss 3.14.1 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
...the bug fixes in nss 3.14.2 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
...And 71 more matches
Index - Archive of obsolete content
250 legacy add-ons add-ons, extensions, landing this
section contains links to documentation for legacy technology for add-on development, including: 251 listening to events in firefox extensions add-ons, archive, dom, extensions, gecko, obsolete, events gecko uses events to pass information about interesting things that have occurred along to the parties that may wish to know about them.
... 269 adding menus and submenus add-ons, codingscripting, macs, xul, apple the hello world example in the previous
sections shows the two most common ways to add menus.
... in this
section we'll look into more specialized menus and what you can do with them.
...And 46 more matches
Index - Archive of obsolete content
sections in bold are to draw attention to pieces that are often overlooked for visual layouts.
...here is the content that was generated after one iteration:</vbox> 937 result generation xul, xul_template_guide in this
section, we'll look at generating template output using rdf datasources.
... 979 xul events mozilla, non-standard, overview, reference, xul, xul_events, events the following tables and
sections describe the event handler that are valid for most xul elements.
...And 38 more matches
Index - Web APIs
a range is an object that indicates the start and end points of a
section of content within the document.
... 290 blob.slice() api, blob, file, file api, method, reference,
section, subset, data, slice, split the blob interface's slice() method creates and returns a new blob object which contains data from a subset of the blob on which it's called.
... 384 cdata
section api, cdata
section, dom, interface, reference the cdata
section interface represents a cdata
section that can be used within xml to include extended portions of unescaped text.
...And 34 more matches
<nextid>: The NeXT ID element (Obsolete) - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
example the user enters four
section headings into the table of contents (and presumably also writing paragraph material within these
sections).
... the heading for each of the four
sections would be assigned name values of "z0", "z1", "z2", and "z3".
... the first of these would produce an entry in the table of contents like this: <a name="z0" href="#z4">first
section name</a> and the
section header would be marked like this: <h2><a name="z4">first
section name</a></h2>.
...And 28 more matches
Using the application cache - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
http://www.example.com/index.html http://www.example.com/header.png http://www.example.com/blah/blah a cache manifest file can include three
sections (cache, network, and fallback, discussed below).
... in the example above, there is no
section header, so all data lines are assumed to be in the explicit (cache)
section, meaning that the browser should cache all the listed resources in the application cache.
...
sections in a cache manifest file: cache, network, and fallback a manifest can have three distinct
sections: cache, network, and fallback.
...And 22 more matches
Mozilla DOM Hacking Guide
instead, in the helper class for the window object (nswindowsh, see the next
section), we define the getproperty() member function.
...the nsixpcscriptable interface, implemented by the nsdomclassinfo class (see
section) defines several flags, one of which is the want_getproperty flag.
...helper classes are detailed in
section 1.3.
...And 16 more matches
HTML documentation index - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
58 <address>: the contact address element address, author, contact, contact information, element, email, email address, html, html
sections, html:flow content, html:palpable content, reference, web the html <address> element indicates that the enclosed html provides contact information for a person or people, or for an organization.
... 61 <article>: the article contents element element, html, html
sections, reference, web the html <article> element represents a self-contained composition in a document, page, application, or site, which is intended to be independently distributable or reusable (e.g., in syndication).
... 62 <aside>: the aside element element, html, html
sections, html5, html:flow content, html:palpable content, html:
sectioning content, reference, web the html <aside> element represents a portion of a document whose content is only indirectly related to the document's main content.
...And 15 more matches
HTML elements reference - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
for more information about the basics of html elements and attributes, see the
section on elements in the introduction to html article.
...
sectioning root element description <body> the html <body> element represents the content of an html document.
... content
sectioning content
sectioning elements allow you to organize the document content into logical pieces.
...And 13 more matches
The Essentials of an Extension - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » the install.rdf file in the last
section we looked at the contents of the hello world extension.
...you can add as many <em:localized>
sections as you need.
...we'll discuss localization further ahead in this
section.
...And 11 more matches
Document and website structure - Learn web development
basic
sections of a document webpages can and will look pretty different from one another, but they all tend to share similar standard components, unless the page is displaying a fullscreen video or game, is part of some kind of art project, or is just badly structured: header: usually a big strip across the top with a big heading, logo, and perhaps a tagline.
... navigation bar: links to the site's main
sections; usually represented by menu buttons, links, or tabs.
...with the right css, you could use pretty much any elements to wrap around the different
sections and get it looking how you wanted, but as discussed before, we need to respect semantics and use the right element for the right job.
...And 11 more matches
Index
80 frequently asked questions xpcom this
section will help you if you're fixing a broken build, or have what you think is a quick obvious question, and you don't have time to read the reference manual.
... 82 reference manual xpcom this
section will help you if you're already familiar with nscomptr but you need details.
... 89 using the clipboard add-ons, clipboard, extensions, guide, mozilla, xpcom this
section provides information about cutting, copying, and pasting to and from the clipboard.
...And 11 more matches
Network request details - Firefox Developer Tools
the screenshots and descriptions in this
section reflect firefox 78.
... headers tab the headers tab has a toolbar, followed by three main
sections.
... http response headers http request headers each
section has a disclosure triangle to expand the
section to show more information.
...And 11 more matches
JXON - Archive of obsolete content
the algorithms proposed here (see: #1, #2, #3, #4) will consider only the following types of nodes and their attributes: document (only as function argument), documentfragment (only as function argument), element, text (never as function argument), cdata
section (never as function argument), attr (never as function argument).
...onode.nodevalue.trim() : onode.nodevalue; } // nodetype is "text" (3) or "cdata
section" (4) else if (onode.nodetype === 1 && !onode.prefix) { // nodetype is "element" (1) sprop = onode.nodename.tolowercase(); vcontent = new jxontree(onode); if (this.hasownproperty(sprop)) { if (this[sprop].constructor !== array) { this[sprop] = [this[sprop]]; } this[sprop].push(vcontent); } else { this[sprop] = vcontent; nlength++; } }...
...it is very similar to the previous one, except that nodes which do not contain other recognizable nodes than text or cdata
section are not treated as objects, but directly as booleans, strings, numbers or date objects (see the parker convention).
...And 10 more matches
Custom toolbar button - Archive of obsolete content
there is more information about identifiers in a later
section of this tutorial.
... optionally remove the
sections for target applications that you do not want.
...
sections for target applications specify the versions where the extension works.
...And 10 more matches
nsIINIParser
nsiutf8stringenumerator getkeys(in autf8string a
section); nsiutf8stringenumerator get
sections(); autf8string getstring(in autf8string a
section, in autf8string akey); methods getkeys() returns an nsiutf8stringenumerator providing the keys available within the specified
section of the ini file.
... nsiutf8stringenumerator getkeys( in autf8string a
section ); parameters a
section the name of the
section whose keys you wish to enumerate.
... return value an nsiutf8stringenumerator object that can be used to access the
section's keys.
...And 10 more matches
Chapter 5: Let's build a Firefox extension - Archive of obsolete content
if you keep in mind the following three points at the very least, the next
section, developing a simple extension, should help flesh out your understanding.
... developing a simple extension: hello world in this
section, we will write an extremely simple “hello world” extension that only displays the time.3 phase 1: test install our first step will be to perform a test installation consisting of the minimum code needed to add a new menu item to the tools menu (figure 3).
... chrome.manifest this is the chrome manifest described in the earlier
section.
...And 9 more matches
Implementation Status - Archive of obsolete content
the
sections are marked with their current status: supported, partial support, in progress, and not currently supported.
...document structure
section title status notes bugs 3.1 namespaces supported 3.2.1 common attributes supported 3.2.2 linking attributes supported 3.2.3 single-node binding attributes supported 3.2.4 node-set binding attributes supported 3.2.5 model item property attributes partial in some cases a loop error can occur on valid bindings 302168; 3.3.1 model supported ...
...processing model (events)
section title status notes bugs 4 processing model (events) partial the xforms-recalculate, xforms-revalidate, and xforms-refresh events are not as separated as they should be.
...And 9 more matches
Flexbox - Learn web development
as you'll see in subsequent
sections, flexbox makes a lot of layout tasks much easier.
... you'll see that we have a <header> element with a top level heading inside it, and a <
section> element containing three <article>s.
...in this case we want to lay out the <article> elements, so we set this on the <
section>:
section { display: flex; } this causes the <
section> element to become a flex container, and its children to become flex items.
...And 9 more matches
Eclipse CDT Manual Setup
some of it like the
section on building the index and usage tips are still relevant, and other parts still may provide useful background information to understand it in more detail on how eclipse works.
... important background to help you make sense of the instructions that follow (and so that you can modify them to meet your own needs if necessary), this
section provides some background on what ides need in order to provide advanced code assistance, and what eclipse cdt needs in particular.
...see the building from eclipse
section below if you're interested in what you lose.
...And 9 more matches
Plug-in Basics - Plugins
with the plug-in api, you can create dynamically loaded plug-ins that can: register one or more mime types draw into a part of a browser window receive keyboard and mouse events obtain data from the network using urls post data to urls add hyperlinks or hotspots that link to new urls draw into
sections on an html page communicate with javascript/dom from native code you can see which plug-ins are installed on your system and have been properly associated with the browser by consulting the installed plug-ins page.
...this
section gives you an overview of the way that plug-ins operate in the browser.
...the next
section, understanding the runtime model, describes these stages in more detail.
...And 9 more matches
ARIA: Region role - Accessibility
by classifying and labeling
sections of a page, structural information conveyed visually through layout is represented programmatically.
... screen readers use landmark roles to provide keyboard navigation to important
sections of a page.
... the region role should be reserved for
sections of content sufficiently important that users will likely want to navigate to the
section easily and to have it listed in a summary of the page.
...And 9 more matches
Understanding WebAssembly text format - WebAssembly
each parameter has a type explicitly declared; wasm currently has four available number types (plus reference types; see the reference types)
section below): i32: 32-bit integer i64: 64-bit integer f32: 32-bit float f64: 64-bit float a single parameter is written (param i32) and the return type is written (result i32), hence a binary function that takes two 32-bit integers and returns a 64-bit float would be written like this: (func (param i32) (param i32) (result f64) ...
... in this example you’ll notice an (export "getanswerplus1")
section, declared just after the func statement in the second function — this is a shorthand way of declaring that we want to export this function, and defining the name we want to export it as.
... in a normal compiled c program, you’d call a function to allocate some memory for the string, but since we’re just writing our own assembly here and we own the entire linear memory, we can just write the string contents into global memory using a data
section.
...And 9 more matches
Practical positioning examples - Learn web development
check it out to get an idea of what you will be building in this
section of the article.
...let's look at the html contained within the body: <
section class="info-box"> <ul> <li><a href="#" class="active">tab 1</a></li> <li><a href="#">tab 2</a></li> <li><a href="#">tab 3</a></li> </ul> <div class="panels"> <article class="active-panel"> <h2>the first tab</h2> <p>lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.
...and now an ordered list: how exciting!</p> <ol> <li>dui neque eleifend lorem, a auctor libero turpis at sem.</li> <li>aliquam ut porttitor urna.</li> <li>nulla facilisi</li> </ol> </article> </div> </
section> so here we've got a <
section> element with a class of info-box, which contains a <ul> and a <div>.
...And 8 more matches
How to structure a web form - Learn web development
there are other use cases, and in general the <fieldset> element can also be used to
section a form.
... ideally, long forms should be spread across multiple pages, but if a form is getting long and must be on a single page, putting the different related
sections inside different fieldsets improves usability.
...<h1>, <h2>) and
sectioning (e.g.
...And 8 more matches
Eclipse CDT
be aware that when eclipse gives results for any of the actions that follow, it will not include results for
sections of the code that are ifdef'ed out by the configuration used to create your object directory.
...(see the "code assistance"
section above for why.) nevertheless, if you understand the above warning and you still want to configure eclipse's "build" button to invoke a real build, then read on.
... basically, you want to do something similar to the steps in the initial project properties
section above, but use "make -j1 -wb" (or just "make" if you don't care about keeping code assistance working) instead of using just-print-mozilla-build.py.
...And 8 more matches
nss tech note5
= /* ptr to an array of key bytes */ keyitem.len = /* length of the array of key bytes */ /* turn the secitem into a key object */ pk11symkey* symkey = pk11_importsymkey(slot, ciphermech, pk11_originunwrap, cka_encrypt, &keyitem, null); if generating the key - see
section generate a symmetric key <big>prepare the parameter for crypto context.
... = /* ptr to an array of key bytes */ keyitem.len = /* length of the array of key bytes */ /* turn the secitem into a key object */ pk11symkey* symkey = pk11_importsymkey(slot, digestmech, pk11_originunwrap, cka_digest, &keyitem, null); if generating the key - see
section generate a symmetric key.
...ata = /* ptr to an array of key bytes */ keyitem.len = /* length of the array of key bytes */ /* turn the secitem into a key object */ pk11symkey* symkey = pk11_importsymkey(slot, hmacmech, pk11_originunwrap, cka_sign, &keyitem, null); if generating the key - see
section generate a symmetric key.
...And 8 more matches
Building the WebLock UI
weblock indicator in browser user interface package list the user interface described in this
section is comprised of four files: weblockoverlay.xul is the file that defines the little status icon in the browser.
... each of these files is described briefly in the
sections below.
... because this step (particularly the overlay
section) is so dependent on mozilla, the chapter is divided up into a couple of different
sections.
...And 8 more matches
Introduction to XPCOM for the DOM
this is described in
section 1.e, "how to add an interface".
...however the
section 1.f provides a more detailed discussion about it, and is necessary to understand most of the dom code.
...an usual pointer to an interface nsifoo is declared as follows: nsifoo *fooptr; an nscomptr to the same nsifoo interface is declared as follows: nscomptr<nsifoo> fooptr; the rest of the use of nscomptr's is described in the next
section.
...And 8 more matches
The "codecs" parameter in common media types - Web media technologies
as is the case with any mime type parameter, codecs must be changed to codecs* (note the asterisk character, *) if any of the properties of the codec use special characters which must be percent-encoded per rfc 2231,
section 4: mime parameter value and encoded word extensions.
...the list may also contain codecs not present in the file.= codec options by container the containers below support extended codec options in their codecs parameters: 3gp av1 iso bmff mpeg-4 quicktime webm several of the links above go to the same
section; that's because those media types are all based on iso base media file format (iso bmff), so they share the same syntax.
... av1 the syntax of the codecs parameter for av1 is defined the av1 codec iso media file format binding specification,
section 5: codecs parameter string.
...And 8 more matches
WAI-ARIA basics - Learn web development
practical wai-aria implementations in the next
section we'll look at the four areas in more detail, along with practical examples.
... see our
section on testing screenreaders for more information.
...you'll see a lot more about these semantics and the power of aria properties/attributes below, especially in the accessibility of non-semantic controls
section.
...And 7 more matches
TypeScript support in Svelte - Learn web development
in this
section we'll show you how to setup a svelte project with typescript support to give it a try.
...in the following
sections we hope to give you more evidence to make up your mind about it.
... note: if you find any trouble working with typescript inside a svelte application, have a look at this troubleshooting/faq
section about typescript support.
...And 7 more matches
Handling common accessibility problems - Learn web development
common accessibility issues in this
section we'll detail some of the main issues that arise around web accessibility, connected with specific technologies, along with best practices to follow, and some quick tests you can do to see if your sites are going in the right direction.
...examples of bad and good html: <font size="7">my heading</font> <br><br> this is the first
section of my document.
...<br><br> <font size="5">my subheading</font> <br><br> this is the first sub
section of my document.
...And 7 more matches
Writing WebSocket servers - Web APIs
sections 1 and 4-7 are especially interesting to server implementors.
...
section 10 discusses security and you should definitely peruse it before exposing your server.
...after the handshake succeeds, you have to use a different set of codes (defined in
section 7.4 of the spec).
...And 7 more matches
Creating XULRunner Apps with the Mozilla Build System - Archive of obsolete content
so basically, almost everyone should be able to skip the next
section.
...options moz_build_projects="xulrunner mccoy" mk_add_options moz_objdir=@topsrcdir@/../mccoybase # global options ac_add_options --enable-debug ac_add_options --disable-optimize # xulrunner options ac_add_app_options xulrunner --enable-application=xulrunner # mccoy options ac_add_app_options mccoy --enable-application=mccoy ac_add_app_options mccoy --with-libxul-sdk=../xulrunner/dist the first
section tells mozilla what to build and where to put the resulting object files.
...the second
section contains general options for your build.
...And 6 more matches
Mozilla release FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
the code has been continually available since then via cvs (see
section 1.8), and occasional binary releases (first as milestones, and more recently as versioned releases) have been made.
...take this into consideration when posting things) ftp see the mozilla ftp mirror
section for ftp sites under which license terms was mozilla released?
.../usr/include/stdlib.h:196: previous declaration of `seed48' see
section 3.7 nothing looks much like an error, except something returned error status your compiler has a switch (probably) that prints everything it's doing (i.e.
...And 6 more matches
HTML: A good basis for accessibility - Learn web development
an excellent semantic example might look something like the following: <h1>my heading</h1> <p>this is the first
section of my document.</p> <p>i'll add another paragraph here too.</p> <ol> <li>here is</li> <li>a list for</li> <li>you to read</li> </ol> <h2>my subheading</h2> <p>this is the first sub
section of my document.
... i'd love people to be able to find this content!</p> <h2>my 2nd subheading</h2> <p>this is the second sub
section of my content.
...using presentational html and line breaks, something like the following: <font size="7">my heading</font> <br><br> this is the first
section of my document.
...And 6 more matches
HTML: A good basis for accessibility - Learn web development
an excellent semantic example might look something like the following: <h1>my heading</h1> <p>this is the first
section of my document.</p> <p>i'll add another paragraph here too.</p> <ol> <li>here is</li> <li>a list for</li> <li>you to read</li> </ol> <h2>my subheading</h2> <p>this is the first sub
section of my document.
... i'd love people to be able to find this content!</p> <h2>my 2nd subheading</h2> <p>this is the second sub
section of my content.
...using presentational html and line breaks, something like the following: <font size="7">my heading</font> <br><br> this is the first
section of my document.
...And 6 more matches
Manipulating documents - Learn web development
try opening this up in your browser — it is a very simple page containing a <
section> element inside which you can find an image, and a paragraph with a link inside.
... the html source code looks like this: <!doctype html> <html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8"> <title>simple dom example</title> </head> <body> <
section> <img src="dinosaur.png" alt="a red tyrannosaurus rex: a two legged dinosaur standing upright like a human, with small arms, and a large head with lots of sharp teeth."> <p>here we will add a link to the <a href="https://www.mozilla.org/">mozilla homepage</a></p> </
section> </body> </html> the dom on the other hand looks like this: note: this dom tree diagram was created using ian hickson's live dom viewer.
...for example, img is a child of
section in the above example.
...And 6 more matches
Third-party APIs - Learn web development
note: you might want to just get all our code examples at once, in which case you can then just search the repo for the example files you need in each
section.
... to start this
section, make yourself a copy of the mapquest starter file, in a new directory.
...'; replace the existing api key with the actual api key you got in the previous
section.
...And 6 more matches
Accessibility documentation index - Accessibility
30 using the article role aria, accessible, needscontent the article role is used to identify a
section of a page that forms an independent part of a document, page or site.
... 34 using the presentation role aria, needscontent,
section 508, wai-aria, wcag this technique demonstrates how to use the presentation role and describes the effect it has on browsers and assistive technology.
... 43 aria: complementary role aria, aria role, reference, role-complementary the complementary landmark role is used to designate a supporting
section that relates to the main content, yet can stand alone when separated.
...And 6 more matches
Repackaging Firefox - Archive of obsolete content
while the aim of this article is not to fully document how to make an extension (for that, try this
section of the mozilla developer center), here is a basic tutorial to get you started, and some tips specific for creating a dex.
...at the very least, don't skip the "important extension preferences"
section below.
... if the value is the same for *all* locales, it can be set in the partner.js file itself, see the
section "preferences" for more information.
...And 5 more matches
XUL Structure - Archive of obsolete content
we'll look more at the syntax of a chrome url in the next
section.
... the next few
sections describe the basic structure of a chrome package which can be installed into mozilla.
... however, if you just want to get started building a simple application, you may skip ahead to creating a window and save this
section for later.
...And 5 more matches
Windows Media in Netscape - Archive of obsolete content
while that approach works with browsers older than netscape 7.1, this
section introduces the use of the objects that enable deployment of the windows media player directly as an activex control within netscape 7.1.
... this
section presents two mechanisms to detect the browsers that support windows media player -- detection using javascript objects which is useful for client-side detection detection using the user agent string which is useful for server side detection.
...the next sub
section discusses them in detail.
...And 5 more matches
Organizing your CSS - Learn web development
*/ a good tip is to add a block of comments between logical
sections in your stylesheet too, to help locate different
sections quickly when scanning through, or even give you something to search for to jump right into that part of the css.
... if you use a string which won't appear in the code you can jump from
section to
section by searching for it — below we have used ||.
... create logical
sections in your stylesheet it is a good idea to have all of the common styling first in the stylesheet.
...And 5 more matches
Index - Learn web development
you should now also have a thirst to learn about the implementation details that can make sites accessible, and we'll start on that in the next
section, looking at why html is a good basis for accessibility.
... 14 common questions codingscripting, infrastructure, learn, web, webmechanics this
section of the learning area is designed to provide answers to common questions that may come up, which are not necessarily part of the structured core learning pathways (e.g.
...see the "see also"
section below for links to more complex and interesting functionality.
...And 5 more matches
Componentizing our Svelte app - Learn web development
first of all, we need to import it — add the following line at the top of the todos.svelte <script>
section: import filterbutton from './filterbutton.svelte' now, replace the filters <div> with a call to the filterbutton component, which takes the current filter as a prop — the below line is all you need: <filterbutton {filter} /> note: remember that when the html attribute name and variable matches, they can be replaced with {variable}, that's why we could replace <filterbutton filt...
... the <script>
section of our filterbutton component should end up looking like this — update it now: <script> export let filter = 'all' export let onclick = (clicked) => {} $: onclick(filter) </script> now when we call filterbutton inside todos.svelte we'll need to specify the handler.
... first of all, add the following lines to the top of the todo component's <script>
section: import { createeventdispatcher } from 'svelte' const dispatch = createeventdispatcher() now update the delete button in the markup
section of the same file to look like so: <button type="button" class="btn btn__danger" on:click={() => dispatch('remove', todo)}> delete <span class="visually-hidden">{todo.name}</span> </button> with dispatch('remove', todo) we are emitting a remov...
...And 5 more matches
Getting started with Svelte - Learn web development
all three
sections — <script>, <styles>, and markup — are optional, and can appear in any order you like.
...://svelte.dev/tutorial">svelte tutorial</a> to learn how to build svelte apps.</p> </main> <style> main { text-align: center; padding: 1em; max-width: 240px; margin: 0 auto; } h1 { color: #ff3e00; text-transform: uppercase; font-size: 4em; font-weight: 100; } @media (min-width: 640px) { main { max-width: none; } } </style> the <script>
section the <script> block contains javascript that runs when a component instance is created.
... the markup
section in the markup
section you can insert any html you like, and in addition you can insert valid javascript expression inside single curly brackets ({}).
...And 5 more matches
Advanced Svelte: Reactivity, lifecycle, accessibility - Learn web development
add the following import statement below the existing ones: import moreactions from './moreactions.svelte' then add the described functions at the end of the <script>
section: const checkalltodos = (completed) => todos.foreach(t => t.completed = completed) const removecompletedtodos = () => todos = todos.filter(t => !t.completed) now go to the bottom of the todos.svelte markup
section and replace the btn-group <div> that we copied into moreactions.svelte with a call to the moreactions component, like so: <!-- moreactions --> <moreactions on:checkall={e ...
... finally for this
section, replace the newtodo form markup with a call to newtodo component, like so: <!-- newtodo --> <newtodo on:addtodo={e => addtodo(e.detail)} /> working with dom nodes using the bind:this={dom_node} directive now we want the newtodo <input> to re-gain focus every time the add button is pressed.
...update the first part of the newtodo.svelte <script>
section (the first four lines) to look like this: <script> import { createeventdispatcher } from 'svelte' const dispatch = createeventdispatcher() export let autofocus = false let name = '' let nameel // reference to the name input dom node if (autofocus) nameel.focus() now go back to the todos component, and pass the autofocus prop into the <newtodo> component c...
...And 5 more matches
DMD
look at the "trigger"
section below to see the full list of ways to get a dmd report once you have it activated.
...this output is broken into multiple
sections.
... "once-reported stack trace records": like the "unreported stack trace records"
section, but for blocks reported once.
...And 5 more matches
NSS API Guidelines
nss api structure this
section explains the structure and relationships of the nss libraries.
... the layering
section explains how the nss code is layered, and how higher-level functions wrap low-level functions.
... the libraries
section descibes the nss libraries, the functionality each provides, and the layer in which the library (mostly) operates.
...And 5 more matches
Edit fonts - Firefox Developer Tools
the fonts tab has three major
sections: "fonts used" by the currently inspected element.
...in firefox 61 and 62, this
section does not exist.
... "all fonts on page" — this
section lists all of the fonts in use on the page.
...And 5 more matches
about:debugging - Firefox Developer Tools
the information on this page is the same as the information on the this firefox tab, but instead of displaying information for your computer, it displays the information for the remote device with the addition of a tabs
section with an entry for each of the tabs open on the remote device.
...when you do, it is added to the network locations list along with the devices, as shown below: this firefox the this firefox tab combines the features of extensions, tabs, and workers into a single tab with the following
sections: temporary extensions displays a list of the extensions that you have loaded using the load temporary add-on button.
... extensions this
section lists information about the extensions that you have installed on your system.
...And 5 more matches
ARIA: Complementary role - Accessibility
the complementary landmark role is used to designate a supporting
section that relates to the main content, yet can stand alone when separated.
... these
sections are frequently presented as sidebars or call-out boxes.
... <div role="complementary"> <h2>our partners</h2> <!-- complementary
section content --> </div> this is a sidebar containing links to event sponsors.
...And 5 more matches
ARIA: contentinfo role - Accessibility
this
section is commonly called a footer.
...landmarks can be used by assistive technology to quickly identify and navigate to large
sections of the document.
... using the <footer> element will automatically communicate a
section has a role of contentinfo.
...And 5 more matches
ARIA: Main role - Accessibility
<div id="main" role="main"> <h1>avocados</h1> <!-- main
section content --> </div> this is the main
section of a document that discusses avocados.
... sub
sections of this document could discuss their history, the different types, regions where they grow, etc.
...landmarks can be used by assistive technology to quickly identify and navigate to large
sections of the document.
...And 5 more matches
WAI-ARIA Roles - Accessibility
this role should only be used to define very dynamic and desktop-like web applications.aria: article rolethe article role indicates a
section of a page that could easily stand on its own on a page, in a document, or on a website.
...elements containing role="checkbox" must also include the aria-checked attribute to expose the checkbox's state to assistive technology.aria: comment rolethe comment landmark role semantically denotes a comment/reaction to some content on the page, or to a previous comment.aria: complementary rolethe complementary landmark role is used to designate a supporting
section that relates to the main content, yet can stand alone when separated.
... these
sections are frequently presented as sidebars or call-out boxes.
...And 5 more matches
Cognitive accessibility - Accessibility
heading and labels include clear and descriptive headings so users can easily find information and understand relationships between different content
sections.
...people who read slowly and people with limited short-term memory benefit when
section titles make it possible to predict what each
section contains.
...
section headings headings help define overall organization of page content.
...And 5 more matches
Web accessibility for seizures and physical reactions - Accessibility
section 508 prohibits flickering effects with a frequency greater than 3 hz (flickers per second) and lower than 55 hz.
... @media screen and (prefers-reduced-motion: reduce) { } @media screen and (prefers-reduced-motion) { } to see a great example of how to use the code prefers-reduced-motion, visit the mdn document, prefers-reduced-motion, or see the example below from the
section on new in chrome 74.
...here are some highlights: inverted-colors according to the
section, user preference media features , "the inverted-colors media feature indicates whether the content is displayed normally, or whether colors have been inverted." forced-colors in forced-colors-mode, the user agent enforces the user's preferred color palette on the page, overriding the author's chosen colors.
...And 5 more matches
Web video codec guide - Web media technologies
each codec provides a link to a
section below which offers additional details about the codec, including specific capabilities and compatibility issues you may need to be aware of.
...block motion compensation handles localized changes, looking for smaller
sections of the image that can be encoded using motion compensation.
... in the
sections below, we offer recommended codec selections for specific use cases.
...And 5 more matches
Setting Up a Development Environment - Archive of obsolete content
build system let's start by downloading the project used to build the second version of hello world, from the exercise in the last
section.
...this structure should be familiar, as it is almost identical to the unpacked xpi from the previous
section.
...we'll also delve deeper in this topic later on in this
section.
...And 4 more matches
Getting Started - Archive of obsolete content
this
section defines the normal button in its basic state (there is no mouse over it, it's not disabled, and it's not selected).
...then scroll down to the next
section.
... the first line should match the line that you modified in the previous
section.
...And 4 more matches
Using XPInstall to Install Plugins - Archive of obsolete content
a brief history of netscape installer technologies this
section is relevant if you are familiar with netscape communicator 4.x's smartupdate installer technology.
...this
section discusses what an ideal xpinstall package will do, as well as points out some of the javascript api calls that you will make to accomplish these install tasks.
...the exact format of these registry keys and how they should be written is covered in the
section on the first install problem.
...And 4 more matches
Introduction to Public-Key Cryptography - Archive of obsolete content
the
sections that follow introduce the concepts of public-key cryptography that underlie these capabilities.
...the
sections that follow contrast two forms of client authentication: password-based authentication.
... as shown in the next
section, one of the advantages of certificate-based authentication is that it can be used to replace the first three steps in figure 4 with a mechanism that allows the user to supply just one password (which is not sent across the network) and allows the administrator to control user authentication centrally.
...And 4 more matches
Reference - Archive of obsolete content
inheritance and private variables the guide
section links to an interesting document discussing how to create and use private variables in objects, which is great if you want to protect the various properties within an object from being poked at accidentally.
...--maian 23:43, 21 september 2005 (pdt) i think we need a new
section in the reference that specifies the differences between versions, collecting this information into a single location rather than leaving it scattered haphazardly throughout the reference as it currently is.
...--maian 05:10, 22 september 2005 (pdt) if the examples are there specifically to show the differences between two versions of js, and if we have a
section in the reference that is dedicated to discussing these differences, i would think that those samples should be included in that
section of the reference.
...And 4 more matches
What are browser developer tools? - Learn web development
layout: in firefox, this area includes two
sections: box model: represents visually the current element's box model, so you can see at a glance what padding, border and margin is applied to it, and how big its content is.
... grid: if the page you are inspecting uses css grid, this
section allows you to view the grid details.
... in the image, the first
section, watch expressions, shows that the listitems variable has been added.
...And 4 more matches
Working with JSON - Learn web development
the latter contains some simple css to style our page, while the former contains some very simple body html: <header> </header> <
section> </
section> plus a <script> element to contain the javascript code we will be writing in this exercise.
... at the moment it only contains two lines, which grab references to the <header> and <
section> elements and store them in variables: const header = document.queryselector('header'); const
section = document.queryselector('
section'); we have made our json data available on our github, at https://mdn.github.io/learning-area/javascript/oojs/json/superheroes.json.
...images, text, json, even html snippets), meaning that we can update small
sections of content without having to reload the entire page.
...And 4 more matches
Ember app structure and componentization - Learn web development
to start with, delete the contents of application.hbs and replace them with the following: <
section class="todoapp"> <h1>todos</h1> <input class="new-todo" aria-label="what needs to be done?" placeholder="what needs to be done?" autofocus > </
section> note: aria-label provides a label for assistive technology to make use of — for example, for a screenreader to read out.
...update the application.hbs file again so its content looks like this: <
section class="todoapp"> <h1>todos</h1> <input class="new-todo" aria-label="what needs to be done?" placeholder="what needs to be done?" autofocus > <
section class="main"> <input id="mark-all-complete" class="toggle-all" type="checkbox"> <label for="mark-all-complete">mark all as complete</label> <ul class="todo-list"> <li> <div class="view"> ...
...input aria-label="toggle the completion of this todo" class="toggle" type="checkbox" > <label>go to movie</label> <button type="button" class="destroy" title="remove this todo" ></button> </div> <input autofocus class="edit" value="todo text"> </li> </ul> </
section> <footer class="footer"> <span class="todo-count"> <strong>0</strong> todos left </span> <ul class="filters"> <li> <a href="#">all</a> <a href="#">active</a> <a href="#">completed</a> </li> </ul> <button type="button" class="clear-completed"> clear completed </button> </footer> </
section> the rendered output should no...
...And 4 more matches
Accessibility API cross-reference
alert alert alert alert, alertdialog content changes over time, such as animated gif animation n/a no spec n/a a
section that forms an independent part of a document, page, or site.
... command a supporting
section of the document, designed to be complementary to the main content at a similar level in the dom hierarchy, but remains meaningful when separated from the main content.
... gridcell a type of mouse pointer used for resizing windows grip n/a n/a n/a probably a group box (titledbox in mozilla) grouping panel panel group <fieldset>, <div> a heading for a
section of the page.
...And 4 more matches
Adding a new event
how to implement an internal event class if you're in case 1 (a simple dom event), you can skip this
section.
...all messages are defined by macro in "messages"
section of basicevents.h.
... how to implement a dom event class if you're in the case 3 (non-dom events), you can skip this
section.
...And 4 more matches
JSAPI User Guide
this
section describes what these things are.
... the next
section explains how to set them up, using jsapi functions.
... a minimal example each of the three key elements described in the previous
section requires a few jsapi calls: the runtime: use js_newruntime to create it and js_destroyruntime to clean it up when you're done.
...And 4 more matches
Component Internals
as a component in the xpcom framework illustrates, in addition to the nsgetmodule entry point, there are nsimodule and nsifactory interfaces that control the actual creation of the component, and also the string and xpcom glue parts, which we'll discuss in some detail in the next
section (see xpcom glue).
... component manifests and type library manifests are described in the following
section, xpcom registry manifests.
... the next
section describes how to hook into the xpcom startup and registration process and make the data about your component available in these manifests, so that your component will be found and registered at startup.
...And 4 more matches
CSS Flexbox Inspector: Examine Flexbox layouts - Firefox Developer Tools
the layout flex container
section the css pane's layout view includes a collapsible "flex container"
section.
... if you expand the
section without selecting a flexbox container, it will only display the message, "select a flex container or item to continue".
...you can find out more about those in the
section below.
...And 4 more matches
WebGL model view projection - Web APIs
the
sections below offer an in-depth look into the ideas behind and implementation of the model, view, and projection matrices.
... for this
section we will put our data into the clip space coordinate system directly.
... note: the code for each webglbox example is available in this github repo and is organized by
section.
...And 4 more matches
Layout and the containing block - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
some examples the html code for all our examples is: <body> <
section> <p>this is a paragraph!</p> </
section> </body> only the css is altered in each instance below.
... example 1 in this example, the paragraph is statically positioned, so its containing block is <
section> because it's the nearest ancestor that is a block container.
... <body> <
section> <p>this is a paragraph!</p> </
section> </body> body { background: beige; }
section { display: block; width: 400px; height: 160px; background: lightgray; } p { width: 50%; /* == 400px * .5 = 200px */ height: 25%; /* == 160px * .25 = 40px */ margin: 5%; /* == 400px * .05 = 20px */ padding: 5%; /* == 400px * .05 = 20px */ background: cyan; } example 2 in this example, the paragraph's containing block is the <body> element, because <
section> is not a block container (because of display: inline) and doesn’t establish a formatting context.
...And 4 more matches
revert - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
so if you have a color: green for all
sections and all: revert on a specific
section the color of the
section will be black.
... but if you have a rule to make all paragraphs red then all paragraphs will still be red in all
sections.
...to illustrate this we will set a green color on a
section and red color on a paragraph.
...And 4 more matches
Preferences - Archive of obsolete content
if you haven't yet, read other documents about mozilla preferences on mdn (links below in resources
section).
... note: this article doesn't cover all available methods for manipulating preferences; please refer to the xpcom reference pages listed in resources
section for the complete list of methods.
...look in the resources
section below for the link to a list of preferences-related interfaces.
...And 3 more matches
Case Sensitivity in class and id Names - Archive of obsolete content
(for a detailed explanation of what html 4.01 says, see the following
section, "why so case-sensitive?") the only way to avoid this particular problem is to make sure that your class and id names have consistent case throughout the entire document, and with respect to your css and javascript.
...in
section 7.5.2, which defines class and ids, we find the following text: id = name [cs] this attribute assigns a name to an element.
... the marker "[cs]" means "case sensitive," as defined in
section 6.1 of the specification.
...And 3 more matches
Getting Started - Archive of obsolete content
the packages
section lists which components of the browser you're modifying.
...but this list includes everything that we changed, so just modify the blue text to point to match the name/version that you used in the
sections before this.
... <description about="urn:mozilla:install-manifest"> <em:id>{themes_uuid}</em:id> <em:version>themes_version</em:version> the first
section requires that you establish a uuid for your theme and that you give your theme a version number.
...And 3 more matches
Creating a Skin for Firefox/Getting Started - Archive of obsolete content
the packages
section lists which components of the browser you're modifying.
...but this list includes everything that we changed, so just modify the blue text to point to match the name/version that you used in the
sections before this.
... <description about="urn:mozilla:install-manifest"> <em:id>{themes_uuid}</em:id> <em:version>themes_version</em:version> the first
section requires that you establish a uuid for your theme and that you give your theme a version number.
...And 3 more matches
Mac stub installer - Archive of obsolete content
to do this, in addition to the above steps to set up the mac installer to debug you will need to do the following: create a file named xpcom.xpi with the shared libraries in the structure described under the [xpcom]
section in: <http://lxr.mozilla.org/seamonkey/sou...ackages-mac#33> note that if you are using the debug target of the installer binary all shared libraries are expected to have the name format <libname>debug.shlb now set a break point at xpi_init() in the mac installer code and step into xpistub and eventually the xpinstall engine will load including symbols so you can set a break point in the xpinsta...
... adding a package involves a few steps: add a
section named for your <component> to the packages-mac manifest that describes which files from dist belong to which module.
... for example, see the xpcom
section that lists all the shared libraries as seen in dist.
...And 3 more matches
Plug-in Development Overview - Gecko Plugin API Reference
the following
sections describe platform-specific discovery and registration: ms windows unix mac os x ms windows on windows, plug-ins are found according to the
section how gecko finds plug-ins.
... unix on unix, plug-ins are found according to the
section how gecko finds plug-ins.
... mac os x mac os x plug-ins are found according to the
section how gecko finds plug-ins.
...And 3 more matches
Front-end web developer - Learn web development
simply work through each
section, learning new skills (or improving existing ones) as you go along.
... each
section includes exercises and assessments to test your understanding before you move forward.
... you can work through
sections in order, but each one is also self-contained.
...And 3 more matches
Server-side web frameworks - Learn web development
the following
sections illustrate some points using code fragments taken from real web frameworks.
... the next
section provides a bit more detail about how web frameworks can ease web application development.
... this
section discusses some of the functionality that is often provided by web frameworks (not every framework will necessarily provide all of these features!).
...And 3 more matches
Dynamic behavior in Svelte: working with variables and props - Learn web development
create a <script>
section at the top of src/components/todos.svelte and give it some content, as follows: <script> let todos = [ { id: 1, name: 'create a svelte starter app', completed: true }, { id: 2, name: 'create your first component', completed: true }, { id: 3, name: 'complete the rest of the tutorial', completed: false } ] let totaltodos = todos.length let completedtodos = todos.filter(todo ...
...at the bottom of the todos.svelte <script>
section, add the removetodo() function like so: function removetodo(todo) { todos = todos.filter(t => t.id !== todo.id) } we'll call it via the delete button.
...add this declaration to the <script>
section of todos.svelte file: let newtodoname = '' now we will use this value in the <input> for adding new tasks.
...And 3 more matches
Handling common JavaScript problems - Learn web development
for example, see the "plugins for text editors and ides"
section of the jshint install page.
...if we look at the source code, the relevant code
section is this: function showheroes(jsonobj) { let heroes = jsonobj['members']; for(i = 0; i < heroes.length; i++) { ...
... exploring further down the call stack, click onload in the call stack
section.
...And 3 more matches
Performance best practices for Firefox front-end engineers
this
section will attempt to demystify things.
... because interruptible reflows can only be interrupted when laying out content, and not chrome ui, the rest of this
section is offered only as context.
...despite not actually being interuptible when laying out chrome ui, striving for interruptible layout is always good practice because uninterruptible layout has the potential to be much worse (see next
section).
...And 3 more matches
about:memory
sections memory reports are displayed on a per-process basis, with one process per
section.
... within each process's measurements, there are the following sub
sections.
... explicit allocations this
section contains a single tree, called "explicit", that measures all the memory allocated via explicit calls to heap allocation functions (such as malloc and new) and to non-heap allocations functions (such as mmap and virtualalloc).
...And 3 more matches
PR_MemMap
maps a
section of a file to memory.
... offset the starting offset of the
section of file to be mapped.
... len length of the
section of the file to be mapped.
...And 3 more matches
An Overview of XPCOM
the brief
sections in this chapter introduce the concepts at a very high level, so that we can discuss and use them with more familiarity in the tutorial itself, which describes the creation of a mozilla component called weblock.
...this
section introduces the base interface-the mother of all interfaces in xpcom - nsisupports, which provides solutions to both of these issues for xpcom developers.
...orts interface is shown below: the nsisupports interface class sample: public nsisupports { private: nsrefcnt mrefcnt; public: sample(); virtual ~sample(); ns_imethod queryinterface(const nsiid &aiid, void **aresult); ns_imethod_(nsrefcnt) addref(void); ns_imethod_(nsrefcnt) release(void); }; the various types used in the interface are described in the xpcom types
section below.
...And 3 more matches
Starting WebLock
you will see the code which does this in the next
section.
... getting access to the category manager two fields in the nsmodulecomponentinfo structure introduced in the last
section are addresses for registration and unregistration callbacks.
...in this
section, we enumerate the basic functionality the component should expose and create the single interface that organizes and provides this functionality.
...And 3 more matches
Replace
void replace( index_type acutstart, index_type acutlength, const self_type& astring ); parameters acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
... acutlength [in] the length of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
... void replace( index_type acutstart, size_type acutlength, const char_type* adata, size_type adatalength = pr_uint32_max ); parameters acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
...And 3 more matches
Replace
void replace( index_type acutstart, index_type acutlength, const self_type& astring ); parameters acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
... acutlength [in] the length of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
... void replace( index_type acutstart, size_type acutlength, const char_type* adata, size_type adatalength = pr_uint32_max ); parameters acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
...And 3 more matches
nsIINIParserWriter
ini files contain zero or more
sections, denoted by a name in square brackets, followed by zero or more lines of text with a property name on the left, then an equals sign ("="), then the value of the property.
... once the writer object is created, you can use the setstring() method to set the value of a property within a given
section; the
section is created if it hasn't been yet.
... the
sections are built in memory before the text of the ini file is generated, so you can add properties to the file in any order, regardless of
section.
...And 3 more matches
Reference Manual
this
section will help you if you're already familiar with nscomptr but you need details.
...this
section describes each of the possibilities, though the directives can be more succinctly described in the table below.
...do_queryreferent(nsiweakreference*, nsresult*) don't addref dont_addref(t*), getter_addrefs(t*) n/a e.g., one of the possibilities for assigning into an nscomptr, but you don't want to addref the pointer you are assigning (because it has already been addrefed for some reason) is dont_addref(t*) found at the inter
section of "don't addref" and "don't qi".
...And 3 more matches
Plug-in Development Overview - Plugins
the following
sections describe platform-specific discovery and registration: ms windows unix mac os x ms windows on windows, plug-ins are found according to the
section how gecko finds plug-ins.
... unix on unix, plug-ins are found according to the
section how gecko finds plug-ins.
... mac os x mac os x plug-ins are found according to the
section how gecko finds plug-ins.
...And 3 more matches
AbstractRange - Web APIs
a range is an object that indicates the start and end points of a
section of content within the document.
...range provides methods that allow you to alter the range's endpoints, as well as methods to compare ranges, detect inter
sections beween ranges, and so forth.
... to illustrate this, consider the html below: <div class="container"> <div class="header"> <img src="" class="sitelogo"> <h1>the ultimate website</h1> </div> <article> <
section class="entry" id="entry1"> <h2>
section 1: an interesting thing...</h2> <p>a <em>very</em> interesting thing happened on the way to the forum...</p> <aside class="callout"> <h2>aside</h2> <p>an interesting aside to share with you...</p> </aside> </
section> </article> <pre id="log"></pre> </div> after loading the html and constructing the dom represe...
...And 3 more matches
ARIA: Navigation Role - Accessibility
by classifying and labeling
sections of a page, structural information conveyed visually through layout is represented programmatically.
... screen readers use landmark roles to provide keyboard navigation to important
sections of a page.
... using the <nav> element will automatically communicate a
section has a role of navigation.
...And 3 more matches
:where() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
take the following html: <article> <h2>:is()-styled links</h2> <
section class="is-styling"> <p>here is my main content.
... </
section> <aside class="is-styling"> <p>here is my aside content.
... </footer> </article> <article> <h2>:where()-styled links</h2> <
section class="where-styling"> <p>here is my main content.
...And 3 more matches
Border-image generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
://udn.realityripple.com/samples/7b/dd37c1d691.png" data-stateid="border4"/> <img class="image" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/a9/b9fff72dab.png" data-stateid="border5"/> <img class="image" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/fb/c0b285d3da.svg" data-stateid="border6"/> </div> </div> <div id="load-actions" class="group
section"> <div id="toggle-gallery" data-action="hide"> </div> <div id="load-image" class="button"> upload image </div> <input id="remote-url" type="text" placeholder="load an image from url"/> <div id="load-remote" class="button"> </div> </div> <div id="general-controls" class="group
section"> <div class="name"> control box </di...
... data-unit="%" data-max="300" data-sensivity="10"> </div> </div> <div class="separator"></div> <div class="property"> <div class="name">draggable</div> <div class="ui-checkbox" data-topic='drag-subject'></div> </div> <div class="property right"> <div class="name">
section height</div> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="preview-area-height" data-min="400" data-max="1000"> </div> </div> </div> <div id="preview_
section" class="group
section"> <div id="subject"> <div class="guideline" data-axis="y" data-topic="slice-top"></div> <div class=...
..."guideline" data-axis="x" data-topic="slice-right"></div> <div class="guideline" data-axis="y" data-topic="slice-bottom"></div> <div class="guideline" data-axis="x" data-topic="slice-left"></div> </div> <div id="preview"> </div> </div> <!-- controls --> <div id="controls" class="group
section"> <!-- border-image-slice --> <div id="border-slice-control" class="category"> <div class="title"> border-image-slice </div> <div class="property"> <div class="name">fill</div> <div class="ui-checkbox" data-topic='slice-fill'></div> </div> </div> <!-- border-image-width --> <div id...
...And 3 more matches
Content categories - Developer guides
>, <datalist>, <del>, <details>, <dfn>, <div>, <dl>, <em>, <embed>, <fieldset>, <figure>, <footer>, <form>, <h1>, <h2>, <h3>, <h4>, <h5>, <h6>, <header>, <hgroup>, <hr>, <i>, <iframe>, <img>, <input>, <ins>, <kbd>, <keygen>, <label>, <main>, <map>, <mark>, <math>, <menu>, <meter>, <nav>, <noscript>, <object>, <ol>, <output>, <p>, <picture>, <pre>, <progress>, <q>, <ruby>, <s>, <samp>, <script>, <
section>, <select>, <small>, <span>, <strong>, <sub>, <sup>, <svg>, <table>, <template>, <textarea>, <time>, <ul>, <var>, <video>, <wbr> and text.
... a few other elements belong to this category, but only if a specific condition is fulfilled: <area>, if it is a descendant of a <map> element <link>, if the itemprop attribute is present <meta>, if the itemprop attribute is present <style>, if the scoped attribute is present
sectioning content elements belonging to the
sectioning content model create a
section in the current outline that defines the scope of <header> elements, <footer> elements, and heading content.
... elements belonging to this category are <article>, <aside>, <nav> and <
section>.
...And 3 more matches
Progressive loading - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
loading on demand the image loading mechanism discussed in the above
section works ok — it loads the images after rendering the html structure, and applies a nice transition effect in the process.
... this problem can be solved with the new inter
section observer api — using this we can ensure that images will be loaded only when they appear in the viewport.
... inter
section observer this is a progressive enhancement to the previously working example — inter
section observer will load target images only when the user scrolls down, causing them to display in the viewport.
...And 3 more matches
Classes and Inheritance - Archive of obsolete content
the last
section shows how to work with the class constructor.
... it is possible to read this
section on its own.
...we can now use the above constructor to create instances of the class circle: let circle = circle(2, 3, 5); circle instanceof circle; // => true circle.x; // => 2 circle.y; // => 3 circle.radius; // => 5 inheritance and prototypes there is a problem with the definition of circle in the previous
section that we have glossed over thus far.
...And 2 more matches
Tabbed browser - Archive of obsolete content
updated example is in
section below this observe: function (subject, topic, data) { if (topic == "http-on-modify-request") { subject.queryinterface(components.interfaces.nsihttpchannel); var url = subject.uri.spec; /* url being requested.
...tificationcallbacks) return null; var domwin = notificationcallbacks.getinterface(components.interfaces.nsidomwindow); return gbrowser.getbrowserfordocument(domwin.top.document); } catch (e) { dump(e + "\n"); return null; } } getting the browser that fires the http-on-modify-request notification (example code updated for loadcontext) here an example of the previous
section is shown.
... the previous
section was left intact so people can see the old way of doing things.
...And 2 more matches
Windows stub installer - Archive of obsolete content
this
section needs to be added how do i add an installer package to the windows installer?
... adding a package involves a few steps: add a
section named for your <component> to the packages-win manifest that describes which files from dist belong to which module.
... for example, see the xpcom
section that lists all the shared libraries as seen in dist.
...And 2 more matches
Creating a Skin - Archive of obsolete content
this
section describes how to create a simple skin.
...this
section assumes that you are starting with the classic skin.
...you set the property to a position and size within an image and the button will display only that
section of the image.
...And 2 more matches
Creating a Window - Archive of obsolete content
those will be added in the next
section.
...we'll add some of these in the next set of
sections.
...create a file called findfile.xul and put it in the content directory specified in the findfile.manifest file (we've created in the previous
section).
...And 2 more matches
Tiles and tilemaps overview - Game development
when it's time to draw a tile, only a small
section of this bigger image is rendered on the game canvas.
...to be able to transform world coordinates into screen coordinates, we need the coordinates of the camera, since they determine which
section of the world is being displayed.
...only tiles that are at visible should be rendered ideally — see the performance
section for more ideas on improving rendering performance.
...And 2 more matches
Accessible multimedia - Learn web development
first of all, let's look at the html for the video player, in the html: <
section class="player"> <video controls> <source src="rabbit320.mp4" type="video/mp4"> <source src="rabbit320.webm" type="video/webm"> <p>your browser doesn't support html5 video.
... here is a <a href="rabbit320.mp4">link to the video</a> instead.</p> </video> <div class="controls"> <button class="playpause">play</button> <button class="stop">stop</button> <button class="rwd">rwd</button> <button class="fwd">fwd</button> <div class="time">00:00</div> </div> </
section> javascript basic setup we've inserted some simple control buttons below our video.
... in many cases this will simply take the form of video, in which case you can implement captions using the techniques described in the next
section of the article.
...And 2 more matches
How do I use GitHub Pages? - Learn web development
your screen should look like this: click create repository; this should bring you to the following page: uploading your files to github on the current page, you are interested in the
section …or push an existing repository from the command line.
... you should see two lines of code listed in this
section.
... git add --all git commit -m 'adding my files to my repository' finally, push the code up to github by going to the github web page you're on and entering into the terminal the second of the two commands we saw the …or push an existing repository from the command line
section: git push -u origin master now you need to turn github pages on for your repository.
...And 2 more matches
Client-side storage - Learn web development
use of cache and service workers is an advanced topic, and we won't be covering it in great detail in this article, although we will show a simple example in the offline asset storage
section below.
...in this
section, we'll really only scratch the surface of what it is capable of, but we will give you enough to get started.
... finally for this
section, we'll add probably the most important event handler for setting up the database: request.onupgradeneeded.
...And 2 more matches
Arrays - Learn web development
for example, to access one of the items inside the array that is the third item inside the random array (see previous
section), we could do something like this: random[2][2]; try making some more modifications to your array examples before moving on.
... some useful array methods in this
section we'll look at some rather useful array-related methods that allow us to split strings into array items and vice versa, and add new items into arrays.
...we'll use the myarray array we ended up with in the last
section.
...And 2 more matches
Client-Server Overview - Learn web development
both static and dynamic websites (discussed in the following
sections) use exactly the same communication protocol/patterns.
... like gecko) chrome/52.0.2743.116 safari/537.36 accept: text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,image/webp,*/*;q=0.8 referer: https://developer.mozilla.org/ accept-encoding: gzip, deflate, sdch, br accept-charset: iso-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.7 accept-language: en-us,en;q=0.8,es;q=0.6 cookie: sessionid=6ynxs23n521lu21b1t136rhbv7ezngie; csrftoken=zipujsazv6pcgcbjscj1zu6pqzbfmuat; dwf_
section_edit=false; dwf_sg_task_completion=false; _gat=1; _ga=ga1.2.1688886003.1471911953; ffo=true the first and second lines contain most of the information we talked about above: the type of request (get).
....116 safari/537.36 content-type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded accept: text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,image/webp,*/*;q=0.8 referer: https://developer.mozilla.org/profiles/hamishwillee/edit accept-encoding: gzip, deflate, br accept-language: en-us,en;q=0.8,es;q=0.6 cookie: sessionid=6ynxs23n521lu21b1t136rhbv7ezngie; _gat=1; csrftoken=zipujsazv6pcgcbjscj1zu6pqzbfmuat; dwf_
section_edit=false; dwf_sg_task_completion=false; _ga=ga1.2.1688886003.1471911953; ffo=true csrfmiddlewaretoken=zipujsazv6pcgcbjscj1zu6pqzbfmuat&user-username=hamishwillee&user-fullname=hamish+willee&user-title=&user-organization=&user-location=australia&user-locale=en-us&user-timezone=australia%2fmelbourne&user-irc_nickname=&user-interests=&user-expertise=&user-twitter_url=&user-stackoverflow_url=&user...
...And 2 more matches
Introduction to client-side frameworks - Learn web development
if you want to see code samples from this
section in action, you can check out a working version of the app on codepen, which also allows users to add and delete new tasks.
... read more about the javascript used in this
section: document.createelement() document.createtextnode() document.createdocumentfragment() eventtarget.addeventlistener() node.appendchild() node.removechild() another way to build uis every javascript framework offers a way to write user interfaces more declaratively.
...this
section talks about some of the things you should consider when using frameworks.
...And 2 more matches
Hacking Tips
it is separated in 2 parts, one
section related to debugging and another
section related to drafting optimizations.
... using the gecko profiler (browser / xpcshell) see the
section dedicated to profiling with the gecko profiler.
... use the simulator debugger for arm32 the same instructions for arm64 in the preceeding
section apply, but the environment variable differs: use arm_sim_debugger=1.
...And 2 more matches
Web Replay
time travel features this
section describes extensions to the developer tools that use time travel to help debug a recording/replaying tab.
... some additional instrumentation is performed, per the 'allowed non-determinism',
section above.
... see the
sections below for details on how these affect the process' behavior.
...And 2 more matches
Packaging WebLock
the first
section, component installation overview, describes the general installation process in mozilla.
... the following
sections describe the steps you can take to organize the weblock component for distribution and installation.
... note: the emphasis of this tutorial is on the component development itself, so this
section on packaging and installing extensions to gecko is necessarily brief.
...And 2 more matches
Using XPCOM Utilities to Make Things Easier
to begin with, the first
section describesc++ macros that can replace a lot of the code in weblock1.cpp.
...to get an idea about how much can be handled with the macros described in this
section, compare the code listing in weblock2.cpp at the end of the chapter with weblock1.cpp in the previous chapter.
... note that all of the macros described in this
section are similar but are used in slightly different situations.
...And 2 more matches
CSS Grid Inspector: Examine grid layouts - Firefox Developer Tools
the layout view grid
section when grids are included on a page, the css pane's layout view includes a "grid"
section containing a number of options for viewing those grids.
... you can find out more about those in the
section below.
... grid options the grid
section of the layout view looks like this: you'll see a number of options contained within: overlay grid: contains a checkbox for each grid present on the page, along with various options.
...And 2 more matches
UI Tour - Firefox Developer Tools
this article is a quick tour of the main
sections of the page inspector's user interface.
... html pane the inspector is split into two or three
sections, depending on your settings.
...if the page includes any
sections using either the flexbox display model or css grids, this view shows the flexbox or grid settings used on the page.
...And 2 more matches
Accessibility Information for Web Authors - Accessibility
guidelines and regulations
section 508 guidelines for web authors these guidelines must be followed by u.s.
... automated checking & repair cynthia says™ from hisoftware® company "cynthia says™" is a free online webpage accessibility validation service that is designed to identify errors in webpage related to
section 508 standards and/or the wcag guidelines.
...the web author chooses the guidelines (as a basis for errors and warnings) to be used by "cynthia says™":
section 508, wcag priorities 1, 2 and 3.
...And 2 more matches
Operable - Accessibility
see ui controls and building keyboard accessibility back in 2.1.2 no keyboard trap (a) when entering a
section of functionality using the keyboard, you should be able to get out of that
section again using *only* the keyboard.
... this is very important so that keyboard users do not get trapped on specific
sections of your apps.
... if a proper structure of headings and semantic containers is provided to navigate with (for example <
section>, <aside>, etc.), then an added "skip link" is not needed.
...And 2 more matches
Basic concepts of CSS Scroll Snap - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the below example demonstrates scroll snapping along the y axis, with scroll-snap-align used on the
section element to dictate the point the scrolling should stop.
...when we snap to the start of the second and third
sections, the scrolling stops 40 pixels away from the start of the
section.
... the scroll-snap-stop property the scroll-snap-stop property tells the browser whether it should snap to each defined snap point — meaning that in our examples above we would stop at the start of each
section — or be able to skip past
sections.
...And 2 more matches
<tbody>: The Table Body element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
implicit aria role rowgroup permitted aria roles any dom interface htmltable
sectionelement attributes this element includes the global attributes.
...see the text-align's browser compatibility
section for the <string> value.
...this lets you divide the rows in large tables into
sections, each of which may be separately formatted if so desired.
...And 2 more matches
Media - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
this is the 14th and last
section of part i of the css getting started tutorial.
...copy and paste the content from here: <!doctype html> <html> <head> <title>print sample</title> <link rel="stylesheet" href="style4.css"> </head> <body> <h1>
section a</h1> <p>this is the first
section...</p> <h1>
section b</h1> <p>this is the second
section...</p> <div id="print-head"> heading for paged media </div> <div id="print-foot"> page: </div> </body> </html> make a new stylesheet, style4.css.
...the stylesheet places each
section on a separate page, and it adds a header and footer to each page.
...And 2 more matches
Introduction to using XPath in JavaScript - XPath
see the using a user defined namespace resolver
section in the appendix for details.
...there is a
section in the appendix which contains a full list of the available constants.
... they are explained below in the
section "specifying the return type." result: if an existing xpathresult object is specified, it will be reused to return the results.
...And 2 more matches
Custom XUL Elements with XBL - Archive of obsolete content
we'll look into the code throughout the rest of this
section.
...onid attribute is used instead: <xul:label anonid="xulshoolhello-name-label" xbl:inherits="value=name" /> and then, in order to get a reference to the node from the js code in your binding, we use the getanonymouselementbyattribute dom method: let namelabel = document.getanonymouselementbyattribute( this, "anonid", "xulshoolhello-name-label"); implementation the implementation
section defines most of the scripting side of your element.
...javascript code is enclosed in cdata
sections to prevent js and xml syntax conflicts.
... replacing existing xul elements as seen in the beginning of this
section, the actual binding process is determined by a simple css rule that associates the tag name with the binding.
JavaScript Object Management - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » chrome javascript in this
section we'll look into how to handle javascript data effectively, beginning with chrome code, in ways which will prevent pollution of shared namespaces and conflicts with other add-ons resulting from such global namespace pollution.
...preferences is one of them, and they are covered in another
section of this tutorial.
...in the following
section we'll discuss xpcom, which is an older alternative to jsm and one of the foundations of mozilla applications.
... you shouldn't skip that
section because there are many common situations in extension development where you'll have to use xpcom, maybe even implement xpcom components of your own.
Inner-browsing extending the browser navigation paradigm - Archive of obsolete content
the first one looks like a traditional dhtml ticker application and uses hidden iframes and javascript to provide updates inside the webpage's ticker headlines
section.
...in the next
section we will introduce inner-browsing as an extension to the traditional model.
...the next
section illustrates a case of implementation using javascript, iframes and dom.
...example using iframes and javascript: stock ticker this
section describes a stock ticker application based on the inner-browsing model.
In-Depth - Archive of obsolete content
check out the
section on organizing images for more information.
...open up navigator.css, again (if you closed it), and look for the #back-button
section.
...open up \classic\skin\classic\communicator\communicator.css and look for the .toolbar-primary
section.
...put these 3 together and you get: #navigation-toolbar > .toolbar-holder > .toolbar-primary-icon inside this
section of the css is where you add an image.
Migrate apps from Internet Explorer to Mozilla - Archive of obsolete content
value description 1 element node 2 attribute node 3 text node 4 cdata
section node 5 entity reference node 6 entity node 7 processing instruction node 8 comment node 9 document node 10 document type node 11 document fragment node 12 notation node ...
...i'll discuss more about doctypes in the next
section.
... doctypes (short for document type declarations) look like this: <!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.01 transitional//en" "http://www.w3.org/tr/html4/loose.dtd"> the
section in blue is called the public identifier, the green part is the system identifier, which is a uri.
...uses it for the following conditions: if a page is sent with a text/xml mimetype or any other xml or xhtml mimetype for any "doctype html system" doctype (for example, <!doctype html system "http://www.w3.org/tr/rec-html40/strict.dtd">), except for the ibm doctype for unknown doctypes or doctypes without dtds almost standards mode mozilla introduced almost standards mode for one reason: a
section in the css 2 specification breaks designs based on a precise layout of small images in table cells.
Mozilla Crypto FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
export of source code for open source software is addressed in part 740 (pdf),
section 740.13(e), "unrestricted encryption source code"; export of binaries is addressed in 740.17.
... for information on notification requirements related to the export of open source encryption source code, see the export administration regulations, in particular part 740,
sections 740.13(e), "unrestricted encryption source code", and 740.17(g), "reporting requirements".
... for the statement by the bureau of export administration on notification requirements for mirror sites, see the
section "notification requirements" in the bernstein advisory opinion contained in the letter dated february 17, 2000, from james lewis of bxa to cindy cohn, counsel for daniel bernstein.
... for more information see 15 cfr part 730,
section 730.2 (concerning statutory authority for the ear), and the document "principal statutory authority for the export administration regulations", which contains copies of the export administration act of 1979 (as amended), the international emergency economic powers act (as amended), and related legislation and executive orders.
New Skin Notes - Archive of obsolete content
can we replace it with "add
section" or something?
...--dria the edit
section links are gone (they are only shown in normal skin if you set the appropriate preference).
... --nickolay do you know if there's a localsettings variable to have the edit-
section links off by default?
...--dria i see that it was activated as default for non-logged in people already, it appears that there is no intention whatsoever to fix this at current time, since it's been placed in this
section.
getString - Archive of obsolete content
method of winprofile object syntax string getstring ( string
section, string key); parameters the method has the following parameters:
section section in the file, such as "boot" or "drivers".
... key the key in that
section whose value to return.
...unlike that function, this method does not support using a null key to return a list of keys in a
section.
... example to get the name of the wallpaper file from the desktop
section of the win.ini file, use this call: ini = getwinprofile (getfolder("windows"), "win.ini"); var wallpapervalue = ini.getstring ("desktop", "wallpaper"); ...
writeString - Archive of obsolete content
method of winprofile object syntax boolean writestring ( string
section, string key, string value); parameters the method has the following parameters:
section section in the file, such as "boot" or "drivers".
... key the key in that
section whose value to change.
...unlike the writeprivateprofilestring function, this method does not support using a null key to delete an entire
section.
... example to set the name of the wallpaper file from the desktop
section of the win.ini file, use this call: ini = getwinprofile (getfolder("windows"), "win.ini"); ini.writestring ("desktop", "wallpaper", "newpathname"); ...
Learn XPI Installer Scripting by Example - Archive of obsolete content
most installation scripts, including the one discussed here, take the following basic form (in pseudo-code and with links to the
sections in which these installation steps are documented): initinstall(); if (verify_space()) { err = add_dirs_and_files; register_files; if (err==success) { performinstall() }; else { cancelinstall() }; } as you can see in the code listing, the verification process at the top is on lines 1 to 18; the file addition process, here part of the main installation block, is on lines 24 to 41; ...
... note also the comments that indicate the success of various steps in the process--including the performinstall and cancelinstall steps--are written to the install log using the logcomment, described in the following
section.
...in the example in the executing the installation
section and in many places in the installation script, the logcomment api is used to write data to a log file that can then be reviewed when things don't go as planned.
...in this final
section, we describe the application of the xpinstall technology described here in the creation and deployment of a very simple installation script and installation archive (xpi).
Adding Buttons - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we will look at how to add some simple buttons to a window.
...in this
section, we will add two buttons, a find button and a cancel button.
... the findfile.xul example let's add this code to the file findfile.xul that we created in the previous
section.
... in the next
section, we will find out how to add labels and images to a xul window.
Adding Labels and Images - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » this
section describes a way to add labels and images to a window.
...example 4 : source view <description> this longer
section of text is displayed.
...a later
section will describe how to use style sheets, but an example will be shown here for completeness.
...in the next
section, we will learn how to add some input controls to a window.
Cross Package Overlays - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » this
section describes how to apply overlays to files that don't import them.
... applying overlays to other packages note: this
section talks about contents.rdf which has been replaced in gecko 1.8 by manifest files.
...in the examples in the previous
section, the overlays were imported by the window.
...'</span></code>
section with that id.
Manifest Files - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we'll see how to put chrome and xul files into a package and create the manifest files for them.
...in this case, we are just creating to demonstrate a manifest file and to prepare directories for examples which will see in the later
sections.
...this
section may be skipped if you are writing new extensions or xul applications.
...in the next
section, we will start looking into the xul language.
More Event Handlers - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, the event object is examined and additional events are described.
...we already saw the event's target property in the last
section.
...the following
sections list some of the events that may be used.
...we'll learn more about the box object in a later
section, but it holds information pertaining to how the element is displayed, including the x and y position of the element.
Tree View Details - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » this
section will describe some more features of tree views.
... creating a hierarchical custom view in the last
section, we created a simple tree view that implemented only a minimum amount of functionality.
...this is described in a later
section.
...the tree box object is a specialized type of box object specific to trees and will be examined in detail in the next
section.
Trees - Archive of obsolete content
tree styling will be discussed in detail in a later
section.
... tree elements trees can be created with the tree element, which is described in the following
sections.
...however, there are special ways of styling the tree and setting other features which we will see in later
sections.
...trees with nested rows are described in the next
section.
Using Spacers - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we will find out how to add some spacing in between the elements we have created.
...we'll talk more about this in the next
section but it essentially allows you to divide a window into a series of boxes that hold elements.
...we'll look at boxes in the next
section.
...in the next
section we'll learn how to change this.
XUL Application Packaging - Archive of obsolete content
the [app]
section the app
section specifies metadata about the application name specifies the application name.
... example: id=testapplication@example.tld vendor specifies the application vendor optional example: vendor=grinch productions profile specifies the path to use for the application's profile, based within the user's application data directory optional example: profile=myappdata the [gecko]
section the gecko
section specifies what version of xulrunner is required by the application.
... optional - default value is any xulrunner less than xulrunner 2 example: maxversion=1.8.0.* the [xre]
section the xre
section specifies various features of xulrunner startup that can be enabled enableextensionmanager specifies whether to enable extensions and extension management.
... example: enableprofilemigrator=1 the [crash reporting]
section using crash reporting in a xulrunner application ...
Using Web Standards in your Web Pages - Archive of obsolete content
the first 2
sections address exclusively validation issues, benefits of validation, deprecated elements, deprecated attributes.
... the other
sections address dom and dhtml coding practices which are at odds with the w3c web standards and suggest replacements.
... the next-to-last
section, summary of changes, outlines all the changes described in this article.
... the last
section offers excellent and best references for those wishing to learn more about upgrading techniques presented in this article and more for those wishing to perfect their web pages.
Browser Feature Detection - Archive of obsolete content
true true document.implementation true true true document.documentelement true true true document.createelement() true true true document.createdocumentfragment() true true true document.createtextnode() true true true document.createcomment() true true true document.createcdata
section() true false true document.createprocessinginstruction() true false true document.createattribute() true true true document.createentityreference()obsolete since gecko 7 (method present but only returns null: bug 9850) false false document.getelementsbytagname() true true true dom core level 2 support for pro...
... true true document.implementation true true true document.documentelement true true true document.createelement() true true true document.createdocumentfragment() true true true document.createtextnode() true true true document.createcomment() true true true document.createcdata
section() true false true document.createprocessinginstruction() true false true document.createattribute() true true true document.createentityreference()obsolete since gecko 7 true false false document.getelementsbytagname() true true true document.importnode() true false true document.createelem...
...rt levels var _features = { 'domcore1': [ {name: 'doctype', 'supported': false}, {name: 'implementation', 'supported': false}, {name: 'documentelement', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createelement', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createdocumentfragment', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createtextnode', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createcomment', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createcdata
section', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createprocessinginstruction', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createattribute', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createentityreference', 'supported': false}, {name: 'getelementsbytagname', 'supported': false} ], 'domhtml': [ {name: 'documentelement', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createelement', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createdocumentfragment', 'suppo...
...', 'supported': false} ], 'domcore2': [ {name: 'doctype', 'supported': false}, {name: 'implementation', 'supported': false}, {name: 'documentelement', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createelement', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createdocumentfragment', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createtextnode', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createcomment', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createcdata
section', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createprocessinginstruction', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createattribute', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createentityreference', 'supported': false}, {name: 'getelementsbytagname', 'supported': false}, {name: 'importnode', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createelementns', 'supported': false}, {name: 'createattributens', 'supported': false}, {name: 'ge...
Properly Using CSS and JavaScript in XHTML Documents - Archive of obsolete content
in particular: raw < and & characters are not allowed except inside of cdata
sections (<![cdata[ ...
... javascript contains characters which can not exist in xhtml javascript typically contains characters which can not exist in xhtml outside of cdata
sections.
... <script type="text/javascript"> <!-- var i; var sum = 0; for (i = 10; i > 0; --i) { sum += i; } // --> </script> using cdata instead of comments properly enclosing script contents inside of cdata
sections can cause problems in downlevel browsers which do not understand xml.
... however, it is possible to combine javascript comments with cdata
sections to allow for backward compatibility.
Requests For Enhancement - Archive of obsolete content
rfe categories xforms api this
section contains rfe to the xforms api.
... custom controls interfaces this
section contains rfe to the custom control interfaces.
...this
section could be of particular interest to people using custom controls in xul documents for the following reasons: xul, in many cases, is much better suited for application development than xhtml.
... xforms extension ui this
section should be for used for noting potiential ui improvements to the mozilla xforms extension.
Mozilla XForms User Interface - Archive of obsolete content
attribute sets this
section describes attributes that are often used on xforms elements.
...this
section contains a short description of each xforms element and its representation.
...form controls module this
section contains a short description for each form control element.
...elements in this
section do not have any behaviors that are dependent on the host language.
Bounding volume collision detection with THREE.js - Game development
once instantiated, they have methods available to do inter
section tests against other volumes.
...for instance: knot.scale.set(2, 2, 2); knotbsphere.radius = knot.geometry.radius * 2; inter
section tests point vs.
...aabb inter
section algorithm.
... knot.position.set(-3, 2, 1); knot.rotation.x = -math.pi / 4; // update the bounding box so it stills wraps the knot knotboxhelper.update(); box3.setfromobject(knotboxhelper); performing collision tests is done in the same way as explained in the above
section — we use our box3 object in the same way as described above.
Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
291 normative glossary, infrastructure, specification, standardization normative is a word commonly used in software specifications to denote
sections that are standardized and must be followed as a rule.
... specifications might also contain
sections that are marked as non-normative or informative, which means those are provided there for the purpose of helping the reader understand the specifications better or to showcase an example or best practice, which need not be followed as a rule.
... 512 xpath codingscripting, glossary, xml, xpath xpath is a query language that can access
sections and content in an xml document.
...
sections that contain official part of the specification that must be followed are often marked as normative.
Cascade and inheritance - Learn web development
we encourage you to work through this
section carefully, and check that you understand the concepts before moving on.
... note: on mdn css property reference pages you can find a technical information box, usually at the bottom of the specifications
section, which lists a number of data points about that property, including whether it is inherited or not.
... see the color property specifications
section, for example.
... understanding how the concepts work together these three concepts together control which css applies to what element; in the below
sections we'll see how they work together.
CSS values and units - Learn web development
for example, if you look at the page for <color> you will see that the browser compatibility
section lists different types of color value and support for them.
... color keywords quite often in examples here in the learn
section or elsewhere on mdn you will see the color keywords used, as they are a simple and understandable way of specifying color.
...in programming, a function is a reusable
section of code that can be run multiple times to complete a repetitive task with minimum effort on the part of both the developer and the computer.
...we've already seen functions in action in the colors
section — rgb(), hsl(), etc.
Legacy layout methods - Learn web development
at the bottom of the
section you can see a live example of what the final code should look like.
...in this example case we've chosen <div>s, but you could choose something more semantically appropriate like <article>s, <
section>s, and <aside>, or whatever.
... in the next
sections we will look at how to create both.
... updating our grid to get started in this
section, make a new copy of your previous example page, or make a local copy of our simple-grid-finished.html code to use as a starting point.
How CSS is structured - Learn web development
the cascade and inheritance
section in the next module explains this in detail, including how to calculate specificity.
...in the example below, comments mark the start of distinct
sections of code.
...with this kind of commenting in place, searching for comments in your code editor becomes a way to efficiently find a
section of code.
...ze: 130%; } } h1 {font-size: 1.5em;} /* handle specific elements nested in the dom */ /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ div p, #id:first-line { background-color: red; border-radius: 3px; } div p { margin: 0; padding: 1em; } div p + p { padding-top: 0; } "commenting out" code is also useful for temporarily disabling
sections of code for testing.
Web fonts - Learn web development
it is difficult to demonstrate this using an embedded live example, so instead, we would like you to follow the steps detailed in the below
sections, to get an idea of the process.
...see the using an online font service
section for more details.
... note: under the "find fonts"
section in the right-hand column, you can click on the different tags and classifications to filter the displayed choices.
... you've reached the end of this article, and already did some skill testing in our active learning
sections, but can you remember the most important information going forward?
Adding vector graphics to the Web - Learn web development
adding svg to your pages in this
section we'll go through the different ways in which you can add svg vector graphics to your web pages.
... active learning: playing with svg in this active learning
section we'd like you to simply have a go at playing with some svg for fun.
... in the input
section below you'll see that we've already provided you with some samples to get you started.
...this
section is all about practising your research skills, and having some fun.
HTML table advanced features and accessibility - Learn web development
previous overview: tables next in the second article in this module, we look at some more advanced features of html tables — such as captions/summaries and grouping your rows into table head, body and footer
sections — as well as looking at the accessibility of tables for visually impaired users.
...one clear way to do this is by using <thead>, <tfoot>, and <tbody>, which allow you to mark up a header, footer, and body
section for the table.
... this
section of the article provides further techniques for making tables as accessible as possible.
...if you look back at the "items sold august 2016" table at the start of this
section of the article, you'll see that the "clothes" cell sits above the "trousers", "skirts", and "dresses" cells.
Drawing graphics - Learn web development
code into it, just below the opening <body> tag: <canvas class="mycanvas"> <p>add suitable fallback here.</p> </canvas> we have added a class to the <canvas> element so it will be easier to select if we have multiple canvases on the page, but we have removed the width and height attributes for now (you could add them back in if you wanted, but we will set them using javascript in a below
section).
... let's start the
section off by making a fresh copy of our canvas template (1_canvas_template.html), in which to draw the new example.
... we'll be using some common methods and properties across all of the below
sections: beginpath() — start drawing a path at the point where the pen currently is on the canvas.
... now let's insert an empty draw() function at the bottom of the code, ready for filling up with some code: function draw() { }; the rest of the code in this
section goes inside draw().
Inheritance in JavaScript - Learn web development
a further exercise in our oop theory
section, we also included a student class as a concept, which inherits all the features of person, and also has a different greeting() method from person that is much more informal than the teacher's greeting.
... have a look at what the student's greeting looks like in that
section, and try implementing your own student() constructor that inherits all the features of person(), and implements the different greeting() function.
...in this
section we'll convert the person and teacher examples from prototypal inheritance to classes, to show you how it's done.
...they have a series of attributes that are common to all people; in this
section we'll create our specialized teacher class, making it inherit from person using modern class syntax.
Working with Svelte stores - Learn web development
update the <script> and markup
sections of alert.svelte as follows: <script> import { alert } from '../stores.js' </script> {#if $alert} <div on:click={() => $alert = ''}> <p>{ $alert }</p> </div> {/if} check your app again and you'll see that this works just like before.
... update the <script>
section of your alert.svelte component like so: <script> import { ondestroy } from 'svelte' import { alert } from '../stores.js' export let ms = 3000 let visible let timeout const onmessagechange = (message, ms) => { cleartimeout(timeout) if (!message) { // hide alert if message is empty visible = false } else { visible = true ...
... // show alert if (ms > 0) timeout = settimeout(() => visible = false, ms) // and hide it after ms milliseconds } } $: onmessagechange($alert, ms) // whenever the alert store or the ms props changes run onmessagechange ondestroy(()=> cleartimeout(timeout)) // make sure we clean-up the timeout </script> and update the alert.svelte markup
section like so: {#if visible} <div on:click={() => visible = false}> <svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" viewbox="0 0 20 20"><path d="m12.432 0c1.34 0 2.01.912 2.01 1.957 0 1.305-1.164 2.512-2.679 2.512-1.269 0-2.009-.75-1.974-1.99c9.789 1.436 10.67 0 12.432 0zm8.309 20c-1.058 0-1.833-.652-1.093-3.524l1.214-5.092c.211-.814.246-1.141 0-1.141-.317 0-1.689.562-2.502 1.117l-.528-.88c2.572-2.186 5.53...
...in order to follow this
section you'll have to clone the repo and go to the mdn-svelte-tutorial/06-stores folder or you can directly download the folder's content with npx degit opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial/06-stores.
Creating our first Vue component - Learn web development
create the component's template
section by adding <template></template> to the top of the file.
... create a <script></script>
section below your template
section.
...vue templates are currently only allowed a single root element — one element needs to wrap everything inside the template
section (this will change when vue 3 comes out).
... your component’s template
section should now look like this: <template> <div> <input type="checkbox" id="todo-item" checked="false" /> <label for="todo-item">{{label}}</label> </div> </template> go back to your browser and you'll see the todo item rendered as before, but without a label (oh no!).
Setting up your own test automation environment - Learn web development
you can find details of where to get them from on the selenium-webdriver page (see the table in the first
section.) obviously, some of the browsers are os-specific, but we're going to stick with firefox and chrome, as they are available across all the main oses.
...river.by, until = webdriver.until; var driver = new webdriver.builder() .forbrowser('firefox') .build(); getting the document you want to test to load the page you actually want to test, you use the get() method of the driver instance you created earlier, for example: driver.get('http://www.google.com'); note: see the webdriver class reference for details of the features in this
section and the ones below it.
...xample: inside your project directory, create a new file called lambdatest_google_test.js give it the following contents: const webdriver = require('selenium-webdriver'); by = webdriver.by, until = webdriver.until; // username: username can be found at automation dashboard const username = '{username}'; // accesskey: accesskey can be generated from automation dashboard or profile
section const key = '{accesskey}'; // gridurl: gridurl can be found at automation dashboard const grid_host = 'hub.lambdatest.com/wd/hub'; function searchtextongoogle() { // setup input capabilities const capabilities = { platform: 'windows 10', browsername: 'chrome', version: '67.0', resolution: '1280x800', network: true, visual: true, console: true...
...if you've not already added the location to your path, do so now (see the setting up selenium in node
section).
Links and Resources
guidelines & standards information and resources on
section 508 - legal policy for us government purchases requiring software accessibility.
... cynthia says™ from hisoftware® company "cynthia says™" is a free online webpage accessibility validation service that identifies accessibility errors in webpage related to
section 508 standards and/or the wcag guidelines.
... wave 3.0 (web accessibility versatile evaluator) from webaim and sponsored by temple university institute on disabilities wave 3.0 is another powerful, mature, free online webpage accessibility validation service that identifies accessibility errors and reports accessibility warnings about webpage related to
section 508 standards and/or the wcag guidelines.
...it can also report accessibility errors and warnings according to selectable accessibility guidelines (
section 508, wcag priorities 1, 2 or 3).
IME handling guide
see also native ime handlers
section for the detail of each platform's implementation.
...see forcibly committing composition
section for the detail.
... see also notifications to ime
section for the detail of sending notifications.
...see also following "forcibly committing composition"
section for additional information.
Localizing with Koala
when the comparison is done, you should see a new line in "last used compares"
section of koala's startpage.
...or, you can select firefox (3.6), en-us (included) and x-testing (3.6) in the "open"
section below, and click "update repos" on the right.
... now that you've translated these 3 strings, let's commit your work to the local hg repository that you created in the "creating a new project"
section.
...assuming that your locale files are in c:\mozilla\l10n\locale\x-testing\3.6 which is where the local mercurial repository was created (see creating a new project
section), you should be able to successfully issue "hg cmd" commands in that directory (where "cmd" might be "status", "log", "commit" etc.).
Power profiling overview
the following
sections list them from best to worst.
...see
section 14.9 of volume 3 of the intel software developer's manual for more details about rapl.
... power profiling how-to this
section aims to put together all the above information and provide a set of strategies for finding, diagnosing and fixing cases of high power consumption.
...
section 13.5 ("tuning software for intelligent power consumption") in particular is worth reading.
Animated PNG graphics
1 apng_blend_op_over the frame should be composited onto the output buffer based on its alpha, using a simple over operation as described in the alpha channel processing
section of the extensions to the png specification, version 1.2.0.
... added a more detailed explanation of apng structure in
section 2.
... added information for png interaction with other chunks in
section 3.2.
... removed num_frames from 'anim' chunk from 0.3 added 'actl', 'fdat', 'fctl' chunk descriptions as per the latest png-list discussion added
section 4, "interactions with other png chunks"; described global and local palettes and transparency changed 'offs' chunk
section to refer to more general chunks updated 'adat' description to indicate that all frames must either be in a single chunk, or that the first chunk must have empty data.
XForms Accessibility
get build sub
sections below explain how you can obtain accessible xforms-enabled build.
...see
section below.
... at api accessible properties this
section describes common rules how accessibility properties are formed for forms control elements.
...this
section lists accessible presentations for form control elements.
Preface
sidebar
sections are included to highlight technical details.
...a full description of the component in this tutorial can be found in the what we'll be working on
section of the tutorial.
...those terms are either explained immediately after they are cited, or else the reader is referred to a
section in the book where they are described in detail.
... link references to other
sections and to figures and tables are links to those
sections.
Setting up the Gecko SDK
the following four
sections tell the developer how to download and organize the gecko sdk and create a new project in which components like weblock can be created.
...if you choose some other location, remember to adjust the settings described here (e.g., in the building a microsoft visual cpp project
section below) to point to this new location.
...as described in the
section exceptions in xpcom, exception handling isn't supported across interface boundaries, so setting this option may catch problems during development.
... building a windows project this
section is writting for those of you who do not wish to install visual studio or the express edition, allowing the user to be able to create commercial extensions without buying the full version of visual studio and allowing them to use their own editors.
Using XPCOM Components
for now, what's important to see is how components like the ones in this
section are obtained and used by the mozilla browser.
...you've seen some enticing snippets of javascript in earlier
sections of this chapter, but we haven't explained how xpcom makes components available in general.
... this
section discusses practical component use in mozilla.
... it's divided into three sub
sections: one about actually finding all these binary components in mozilla and two others corresponding to the two main ways that clients typically access xpcom components: finding mozilla components this book attempts to provide reference information for xpcom components and their interfaces that are frozen as of the time of this writing.
XPCOM Interface Reference by grouping
(i'm fully aware that this will be a great point of discussion and probably will end in tears, but since i'm the first person to apparently take a swing at this, i get first dibs.) the primary
sections consist of: browser this
section contains elements associated with the view pane or the content of the "browser window" proper.
... data this
section contains data wrappers and core object definitions.
... security this
section contains apis for secure channel communications system this
section contains application level interfaces including calls to external support elements (such as device calls).
... user this
section contains elements specific to a given user's data storage.
XPCOM string functions
this is a low-level api.ns_cstringcutdatathe ns_cstringcutdata function removes a
section of the string's internal buffer.
...this is a low-level api.ns_cstringsetdatarangethe ns_cstringsetdatarange function copies data into a
section of the string's internal buffer.
...this is a low-level api.ns_stringcutdatathe ns_stringcutdata function removes a
section of the string's internal buffer.
...this is a low-level api.ns_stringsetdatarangethe ns_stringsetdatarange function copies data into a
section of the string's internal buffer.
Working with windows in chrome code
var ww = components.classes["@mozilla.org/embedcomp/window-watcher;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiwindowwatcher); var win = ww.openwindow(null, "chrome://myextension/content/about.xul", "aboutmyextension", "chrome,centerscreen", null); window object note the win variable in the above
section, which is assigned the return value of window.open.
... the following two sub
sections describe how to cross chrome-content boundaries in either way, i.e.
...we'll demonstrate them from the simplest to the most complex in the next few
sections.
...you can find the window's opener using its window.opener property or via a callback function passed to the window in a way described in the previous
section.
All keyboard shortcuts - Firefox Developer Tools
the first
section lists the shortcut for opening each tool and the second
section lists shortcuts that are applicable to the toolbox itself.
... after that there's one
section for each tool, which lists the shortcuts that you can use within that tool.
... in the editor preferences
section of the developer tools settings, you can choose to use vim, emacs, or sublime text key bindings instead.
... from firefox 33 onwards, the key binding preference is exposed in the editor preferences
section of the developer tools settings, and you can set it there instead of about:config.
Introduction to the File and Directory Entries API - Web APIs
to learn more about terminology used in this api, see the definitions
section.
... for examples of features you can create with this app, see the sample use cases
section.
...ies api has asynchronous and synchronous versions when using the asynchronous api, always use the error callbacks the file and directory entries api interacts with other apis the file and directory entries api is case-sensitive the file and directory entries api is a virtual representation of a file system the api doesn't give you access to the local file system, nor is the sandbox really a
section of the file system.
... definitions this
section defines and explains terms used in the file and directory entries api.
SubtleCrypto.digest() - Web APIs
sha-1 this algorithm is specified in fips 180-4,
section 6.1, and produces an output 160 bits long.
... sha-256 this algorithm is specified in fips 180-4,
section 6.2, and produces an output 256 bits long.
... sha-384 this algorithm is specified in fips 180-4,
section 6.5, and produces an output 384 bits long.
... sha-512 this algorithm is specified in fips 180-4,
section 6.4, and produces an output 512 bits long.
Using Web Workers - Web APIs
in this
section we'll discuss the javascript found in our basic dedicated worker example (run dedicated worker): this allows you to enter two numbers to be multiplied together.
...in this
section we'll discuss the javascript found in our basic shared worker example (run shared worker): this is very similar to the basic dedicated worker example, except that it has two functions available handled by different script files: multiplying two numbers, or squaring a number.
...for example: function fn2workerurl(fn) { var blob = new blob(['('+fn.tostring()+')()'], {type: 'application/javascript'}) return url.createobjecturl(blob) } further examples this
section provides further examples of how to use web workers.
... the javascript code the following javascript code is stored in the "fibonacci.js" file referenced by the html in the next
section.
Web APIs
tsbbackground tasksbattery api beaconbluetooth apibroadcast channel apiccss counter stylescss font loading api cssomcanvas apichannel messaging apiconsole apicredential management apiddomeencoding apiencrypted media extensionsffetch apifile system api frame timing apifullscreen apiggamepad api geolocation apihhtml drag and drop apihigh resolution timehistory apiiimage capture apiindexeddbinter
section observer apillong tasks api mmedia capabilities api media capture and streamsmedia session apimedia source extensions mediastream recordingnnavigation timingnetwork information api ppage visibility apipayment request apiperformance apiperformance timeline apipermissions apipointer eventspointer lock apiproximity events push api rresize observer apiresource timing apisserver sent eventsservi...
...t beforeunloadevent biquadfilternode blob blobbuilder blobevent bluetooth bluetoothadvertisingdata bluetoothcharacteristicproperties bluetoothdevice bluetoothremotegattcharacteristic bluetoothremotegattdescriptor bluetoothremotegattserver bluetoothremotegattservice body broadcastchannel budgetservice budgetstate buffersource bytelengthqueuingstrategy bytestring c cdata
section css cssconditionrule csscounterstylerule cssgroupingrule cssimagevalue csskeyframerule csskeyframesrule csskeywordvalue cssmathproduct cssmathsum cssmathvalue cssmediarule cssnamespacerule cssnumericvalue cssomstring csspagerule csspositionvalue cssprimitivevalue csspseudoelement cssrule cssrulelist cssstyledeclaration cssstylerule cssstylesheet cssstylevalue csssupportsru...
...tionscollection htmlorforeignelement htmloutputelement htmlparagraphelement htmlparamelement htmlpictureelement htmlpreelement htmlprogresselement htmlquoteelement htmlscriptelement htmlselectelement htmlshadowelement htmlslotelement htmlsourceelement htmlspanelement htmlstyleelement htmltablecaptionelement htmltablecellelement htmltablecolelement htmltableelement htmltablerowelement htmltable
sectionelement htmltemplateelement htmltextareaelement htmltimeelement htmltitleelement htmltrackelement htmlulistelement htmlunknownelement htmlvideoelement hashchangeevent headers history hkdfparams hmacimportparams hmackeygenparams i idbcursor idbcursorsync idbcursorwithvalue idbdatabase idbdatabaseexception idbdatabasesync idbenvironment idbenvironmentsync idbfactory idbfactorysync...
...idbindex idbindexsync idbkeyrange idblocaleawarekeyrange idbmutablefile idbobjectstore idbobjectstoresync idbopendbrequest idbrequest idbtransaction idbtransactionsync idbversionchangeevent idbversionchangerequest iirfilternode idledeadline imagebitmap imagebitmaprenderingcontext imagecapture imagedata index inputdevicecapabilities inputevent installevent installtrigger inter
sectionobserver inter
sectionobserverentry interventionreportbody k keyboard keyboardevent keyboardlayoutmap keyframeeffect keyframeeffectoptions l largestcontentfulpaint layoutshift layoutshiftattribution linearaccelerationsensor linkstyle localfilesystem localfilesystemsync localmediastream location lock lockmanager lockedfile m midiaccess midiconnectionevent midiinput midiinputmap ...
ARIA: article role - Accessibility
the article role indicates a
section of a page that could easily stand on its own on a page, in a document, or on a website.
...</article> description the article role denotes a
section of a document, page, or site that, if it were standing on its own, could be viewed as a complete document, page or site.
... the aim of a set of article
sections is to indicate their relationship to one another.
... see also feed role
section role <article> element rss article ...
ARIA: banner role - Accessibility
<div role="banner"> <img src="companylogo.svg" alt="my company name" /> <h1>title</h1> <h2>subtitle</h2> </div> by default, the html5 <header> element has an identical meaning to the banner landmark, unless it is a descendant of <aside>, <article>, <main>, <nav>, or <
section>.
... assistive technologies can identify the main header element of a page as the banner if is a descendant of the body element, and not nested within an article, aside, main, nav or
section sub
section.
... <div role="banner"> <a href="#nav" id="skiptomenu" class="skiptocontent">skip to keyboard navigation</a> <img src="images/w3c.png" alt="w3c logo"> <h1>aria landmarks</h1> <p>identifying page sub
sections for easy navigation</p> </div> we could also have written the above with the html header element: <header> <a href="#nav" id="skiptomenu" class="skiptocontent">skip to keyboard navigation</a> <img src="images/w3c.png" alt="w3c logo"> <h1>aria landmarks</h1> <p>identifying page sub
sections for easy navigation</p> </header> best practices while it is best to use the header element and ...
...ensure it is not a descendant of any sub
section of the page, sometimes you don't have access to the underlying html.
ARIA: form role - Accessibility
using the <form> element will automatically communicate a
section of content as a form landmark, if it is provided an accessible name.
...</form> accessibility concerns use sparingly landmark roles are intended to identify larger overall
sections of the document.
... best practices prefer html using the <form> element will automatically communicate a
section has a role of form.
... added benefits certain technologies such as browser extensions can generate lists of all landmark roles present on a page, allowing non-screen reader users to also quickly identify and navigate to large
sections of the document.
ARIA: Mark role - Accessibility
examples in the following example we have a document
section that has been commented.
... the commented
section is marked up using <span role="mark">.
... accessibility concerns landmark roles are intended to be used sparingly, to identify larger overall
sections of the document.
... best practices prefer html using the <mark> element will automatically communicate a
section has a role of mark.
ARIA: search role - Accessibility
the search landmark role is used to identify a
section of the page used to search the page, site, or collection of sites.
...landmarks can be used by assistive technology to quickly identify and navigate to large
sections of the document.
... examples <form id="search" role="search"> <label for="search-input">search this site</label> <input type="search" id="search-input" name="search" spellcheck="false"> <input value="submit" type="submit"> </form> accessibility concerns landmark roles are intended to be used sparingly, to identify larger overall
sections of the document.
... added benefits certain technologies such as browser extensions can generate lists of all landmark roles present on a page, allowing non-screen reader users to also quickly identify and navigate to large
sections of the document.
ARIA: heading role - Accessibility
the heading role defines this element as a heading to a page or
section.
... to give the page more structure, a level should also be provided to indicate relationships between
sections.
...a level 1 heading usually indicates the main heading of a page, a level 2 heading the first sub
section, a level 3 is a sub
section of that, and so on.
... <div id="container"> <div role="heading" aria-level="1">the main page heading</div> <p>this article is about showing a page structure.</p> <div role="heading" aria-level="2">introduction</div> <p>an introductory text.</p> <div role="heading" aria-level="2">chapter 1</div> <p>text</p> <div role="heading" aria-level="3">chapter 1.1</div> <p>more text in a sub
section.</p> ...</div> however, instead, you should do: <div id="container"> <h1>the main page heading</h1> <p>this article is about showing a page structure.</p> <h2>introduction</h2> <p>an introductory text.</p> <h2>chapter 1</h2> <p>text</p> <h3>chapter 1.1</h3> <p>more text in a sub
section.</p> ...</div> accessibility concerns if you must use the heading role and aria-level attribute, do not go ...
Text labels and names - Accessibility
the different problems and solutions are discussed in the
sections below.
... <div role="dialog" aria-labelledby="dialog1title" aria-describedby="dialog1desc"> <h2 id="dialog1title">your personal details were successfully updated</h2> <p id="dialog1desc">you can change your details at any time in the user account
section.</p> <button>close</button> </div> if the dialog box doesn't have a heading, you can instead use aria-label to contain the label text: <div role="dialog" aria-label="personal details updated confirmation"> <p>your personal details were successfully updated.
... you can change your details at any time in the user account
section.</p> <button>close</button> </div> see also role="dialog" role="alertdialog" aria-label aria-labelledby wai-aria: dialog role dialog authoring practices documents must have a title it is important on each html document to include a <title> that describes the page's purpose.
... also, be sure you are using heading elements only for actual
section headings, and not as a shortcut way to make text stand out.
:is() (:matches(), :any()) - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
can be replaced with: /* 3-deep (or more) unordered lists use a square */ :is(ol, ul, menu, dir) :is(ol, ul, menu, dir) ul, :is(ol, ul, menu, dir) :is(ol, ul, menu, dir) menu, :is(ol, ul, menu, dir) :is(ol, ul, menu, dir) dir { list-style-type: square; } simplifying
section selectors the :is() pseudo-class is particularly useful when dealing with html5
sections and headings.
... since <
section>, <article>, <aside>, and <nav> are commonly nested together, without :is(), styling them to match one another can be tricky.
... for example, without :is(), styling all the <h1> elements at different depths could be very complicated: /* level 0 */ h1 { font-size: 30px; } /* level 1 */
section h1, article h1, aside h1, nav h1 { font-size: 25px; } /* level 2 */
section section h1,
section article h1,
section aside h1,
section nav h1, article
section h1, article article h1, article aside h1, article nav h1, aside
section h1, aside article h1, aside aside h1, aside nav h1, nav
section h1, nav article h1, nav aside h1, nav nav h1 { font-size: 20px; } /* level 3 */ /* ...
...*/ using :is(), though, it's much easier: /* level 0 */ h1 { font-size: 30px; } /* level 1 */ :is(
section, article, aside, nav) h1 { font-size: 25px; } /* level 2 */ :is(
section, article, aside, nav) :is(
section, article, aside, nav) h1 { font-size: 20px; } /* level 3 */ :is(
section, article, aside, nav) :is(
section, article, aside, nav) :is(
section, article, aside, nav) h1 { font-size: 15px; } avoiding selector list invalidation unlike selector lists, the :is() pseudo-class doesn't get invalidated when one of the selectors passed to it isn't supported by the browser.
Border-radius generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
border-radius html content <div id="container"> <div class="group
section"> <div id="preview" class="col span_12"> <div id="subject"> <div id="top-left" class="radius-container" data-x="left" data-y="top"> </div> <div id="top-right" class="radius-container" data-x="right" data-y="top"> </div> <div id="bottom-right" class="radius-container" data-x="right" data-y="bottom"> </div> <div id="bottom-left" class="radius-container" data-x="left" data-y="bottom"> </div> <div id="radius-ui...
... <div id="blw" class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="bottom-left-w" data-unit=" px" data-sensivity="2"></div> <div id="blh" class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="bottom-left-h" data-unit=" px" data-sensivity="2"></div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <div id="controls" class="group
section"> <div class="group
section"> <div id="dimensions"> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="width" data-info="width" data-unit=" px" data-min="150" data-max="700" data-sensivity="1"></div> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="height" data-info="height" data-unit=" px" data-min="75" data-max="350" d...
...ata-sensivity="1"></div> </div> <div id="output"></div> </div> <div class="group
section"> <div id="radius-lock"> <div class="info"> rounded corner </div> <div class="ui-checkbox" data-topic='top-left'></div> <div class="ui-checkbox" data-topic='top-right'></div> <div class="ui-checkbox" data-topic='bottom-right'></div> <div class="ui-checkbox" data-topic='bottom-left'></div> </div> <div id="unit-selection"> <div class="info"> select border units </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> css content /* grid of ten * ========================================================================== */ .span_12...
... { width: 100%; } .span_11 { width: 91.46%; } .span_10 { width: 83%; } .span_9 { width: 74.54%; } .span_8 { width: 66.08%; } .span_7 { width: 57.62%; } .span_6 { width: 49.16%; } .span_5 { width: 40.7%; } .span_4 { width: 32.24%; } .span_3 { width: 23.78%; } .span_2 { width: 15.32%; } .span_1 { width: 6.86%; } /*
sections * ========================================================================== */ .
section { clear: both; padding: 0px; margin: 0px; } /* grouping * ========================================================================== */ .group:before, .group:after { content: ""; display: table; } .group:after { clear:both; } .group { zoom: 1; /* for ie 6/7 (trigger haslayout) */ } /* grid column setup * =============================...
Using CSS counters - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
basic example this example adds "
section [the value of the counter]:" to the beginning of each heading.
... css body { counter-reset:
section; /* set a counter named '
section', and its initial value is 0.
... */ } h3::before { counter-increment:
section; /* increment the value of
section counter by 1 */ content: "
section " counter(
section) ": "; /* display the word '
section ', the value of
section counter, and a colon before the content of each h3 */ } html <h3>introduction</h3> <h3>body</h3> <h3>conclusion</h3> result nesting counters a css counter can be especially useful for making outlined lists, because a new instance of the counter is automatically created in child elements.
... example of a nested counter css ol { counter-reset:
section; /* creates a new instance of the
section counter with each ol element */ list-style-type: none; } li::before { counter-increment:
section; /* increments only this instance of the
section counter */ content: counters(
section, ".") " "; /* combines the values of all instances of the
section counter, separated by a period */ } html <ol> <li>item</li> <!-- 1 --...
Linear-gradient Generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
linear-gradient generator html content <div id="container"> <div id="gradient-container" data-alpha="true"> </div> <div id="controls"> <div class="
section"> <div class="title"> active point </div> <div class="property"> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="point-position" data-info="position" data-unit="px" data-min="-1000" data-value="0" data-max="1000" data-sensivity="5"></div> <div id="delete-point" class="button"> delete point </div> </div> <div class="ui-color-picker" data-topic="picker"></div> </div> <div class="
section"> <div class="title"> active axis </div> <...
... </div> <div id="delete-axis" class="button"> delete line </div> </div> <div class="property"> <div class="ui-slider" data-topic="axis-rotation" data-info="rotation" data-min="-180" data-value="0" data-max="180"></div> </div> </div> <div id="tool-
section" class="
section"> <div class="title"> tool settings </div> <div class="property"> <div class="name"> alpha background </div> <div id="canvas-bg"></div> <div id="add-axis" class="button"> add line </div> </div> <div id="order"> <div id="gradient-axes"></di...
... { background-color: #5c5cda; } .gradient-axis[axisid='0'] path { fill: #da5c5c; } .gradient-axis[axisid='1'] path { fill: #5cda9b; } .gradient-axis[axisid='2'] path { fill: #5c9bda; } .gradient-axis[axisid='3'] path { fill: #5c5cda; } .gradient-axis .rotate-point:hover { cursor: pointer; } /** * controls */ #controls { width: 100%; margin: 0 auto; display: table; } #controls .
section { width: 50%; padding: 10px; display: table; float: left; -moz-box-sizing: border-box; -webkit-box-sizing: border-box; box-sizing: border-box; } #controls .
section .title { width: 90%; margin: 0 0 10px 0; padding: 5px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd; font-size: 18px; color: #777; } #controls .property { width: 100%; height: 24px; margin: 10px 0; padding: 3px 0; display: table;...
...data-topic="picker"] { margin: 20px 0 0 0; } #controls .ui-input-slider[data-topic="axis-rotation"] { } #controls .ui-dropdown { width: 130px; height: 24px; } #controls .ui-dropdown-select { line-height: 24px; } #controls .ui-dropdown-list { height: 66px; line-height: 2.5em; overflow: hidden; } #delete-axis { margin: 0 38px 0 0; float: right !important; } /* tool controls */ #tool-
section .property .name { width: 150px; } #canvas-bg { width: 16px; height: 16px; margin: 5px; background: url("images/toggle-background.png") center right no-repeat; } #canvas-bg:hover { cursor: pointer; } #canvas-bg[data-alpha='false'] { background-position: center left; } #canvas-bg[data-alpha='true'] { background-position: center right; } /* order gradients */ #order { margin-left: 24p...
image() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
image fragments one key difference between url() and image() is the ability to add a media fragment identifier — a starting point along the x and y axis, along with a width and height — onto the image source to display only a
section of the source image.
... the
section of the image defined in the parameter becomes a standalone image.
... displaying a
section of the background image <div class="box">hover over me.
... what cursor do you see?</div> .box:hover { cursor: image("https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/16411/sprite.png#xywh=32,64,16,16"); } when the user hovers over the box, the cursor will change to display the 16x16 px
section of the sprite image, starting at x=32 and y=64.
<article>: The Article Contents element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
a given document can have multiple articles in it; for example, on a blog that shows the text of each article one after another as the reader scrolls, each post would be contained in an <article> element, possibly with one or more <
section>s within.
... content categories flow content,
sectioning content, palpable content permitted content flow content.
... examples <article class="film_review"> <header> <h2>jurassic park</h2> </header> <
section class="main_review"> <p>dinos were great!</p> </
section> <
section class="user_reviews"> <article class="user_review"> <p>way too scary for me.</p> <footer> <p> posted on <time datetime="2015-05-16 19:00">may 16</time> by lisa.
... </p> </footer> </article> </
section> <footer> <p> posted on <time datetime="2015-05-15 19:00">may 15</time> by staff.
<footer> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the html <footer> element represents a footer for its nearest
sectioning content or
sectioning root element.
... a footer typically contains information about the author of the
section, copyright data or links to related documents.
... implicit aria role contentinfo, or no corresponding role if a descendant of an article, aside, main, nav or
section element, or an element with role=article, complementary, main, navigation or region permitted aria roles group, presentation or none dom interface htmlelement attributes this element only includes the global attributes.
... the <footer> element is not
sectioning content and therefore doesn't introduce a new
section in the outline.
<hgroup> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the html <hgroup> element represents a multi-level heading for a
section of a document.
... the <hgroup> element allows the primary heading for a document
section to be grouped with any secondary headings—such as subheadings or alternative titles—to form a multi-level heading.
... in other words, the <hgroup> element prevents any of its secondary <h1>–<h6> children from creating separate
sections of their own in the outline—as those <h1>–<h6> elements otherwise normally would if they were not children of any <hgroup>.
... in with the primary heading followed by parentheses around the secondary heading(s) consider the following html document: <!doctype html> <title>html standard</title> <body> <hgroup id="document-title"> <h1>html</h1> <h2>living standard — last updated 12 august 2016</h2> </hgroup> <p>some intro to the document.</p> <h2>table of contents</h2> <ol id=toc>...</ol> <h2>first
section</h2> <p>some intro to the first
section.</p> </body> a rendered outline for that document might look like the following: that is, the rendered outline might show the primary title, html, followed by a colon and space, followed by the secondary title, living standard — last updated 12 august 2016.
<main> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
content that is repeated across a set of documents or document
sections such as sidebars, navigation links, copyright information, site logos, and search forms shouldn't be included unless the search form is the main function of the page.
...landmarks can be used by assistive technology to quickly identify and navigate to large
sections of the document.
... skip navigation skip navigation, also known as "skipnav", is a technique that allows an assistive technology user to quickly bypass large
sections of repeated content (main navigation, info banners, etc.).
... <body> <a href="#main-content">skip to main content</a> <!-- navigation and header content --> <main id="main-content"> <!-- main page content --> </main> </body> webaim: "skip navigation" links reader mode browser reader mode functionality looks for the presence of the <main> element, as well as heading and content
sectioning elements when converting content into a specialized reader view.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) - HTTP
subsequent
sections discuss scenarios, as well as provide a breakdown of the http headers used.
... the http response headers this
section lists the http response headers that servers send back for access control requests as defined by the cross-origin resource sharing specification.
... the previous
section gives an overview of these in action.
... access-control-allow-headers: <header-name>[, <header-name>]* the http request headers this
section lists headers that clients may use when issuing http requests in order to make use of the cross-origin sharing feature.
Details of the object model - JavaScript
this
section shows how to use very simple (and comparatively inflexible) definitions to demonstrate how to get the inheritance to work.
....dept is 'general' // sally.reports is [] var mark = new workerbee; // mark.name is '' // mark.dept is 'general' // mark.projects is [] var fred = new salesperson; // fred.name is '' // fred.dept is 'sales' // fred.projects is [] // fred.quota is 100 var jane = new engineer; // jane.name is '' // jane.dept is 'engineering' // jane.projects is [] // jane.machine is '' object properties this
section discusses how objects inherit properties from other objects in the prototype chain and what happens when you add a property at run time.
... property inheritance revisited the preceding
sections described how javascript constructors and prototypes provide hierarchies and inheritance.
... this
section discusses some subtleties that were not necessarily apparent in the earlier discussions.
Date.parse() - JavaScript
(see the
section date time string format in the ecmascript specification for more details.) for example, "2011-10-10" (date-only form), "2011-10-10t14:48:00" (date-time form), or "2011-10-10t14:48:00.000+09:00" (date-time form with milliseconds and time zone) can be passed and will be parsed.
... fall-back to implementation-specific date formats this
section contains implementation-specific behavior that can be inconsistent across implementations.
... other examples: new date('foo-bar 2014').tostring(); // returns: "invalid date" date.parse('foo-bar 2014'); // returns: nan differences in assumed time zone this
section contains implementation-specific behavior that can be inconsistent across implementations.
... date.parse("2019-01-01t00:00:00") non-standard date strings this
section contains implementation-specific behavior that can be inconsistent across implementations.
Authoring MathML - MathML
in this
section, we present some of these tools to convert from a simple syntax to mathml.
...alternatively, you can use the more traditional javascript parsing of expressions at load time as all the other tools in this
section do.
...\end{abstract} \
section{first
section} $$ \sum_{n=1}^{+\infty} \frac{1}{n^2} = \frac{\pi^2}{6} $$ \end{document} </div> ...
...for example, this will split the pages at the \
section level: latexmlc --dest foo.html --splitat=
section foo.tex server-side conversion pros: conversion is done server-side and the mathml output can be cached, which is more efficient and cleaner than client-side conversion.
Structural overview of progressive web apps - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
the parts that are directly relevant to the app shell model are found outside the <
section> with the id content within this page.
...you can <a href="https://github.com/mdn/pwa-examples/blob/master/js13kpwa"> fork js13kpwa on github</a> to check its source code.</p> <button id="notifications">request dummy notifications</button> <
section id="content"> // content inserted in here </
section> </main> <footer> <p>© js13kgames 2012-2018, created and maintained by <a href="http://end3r.com"> andrzej mazur</a> from <a href="http://enclavegames.com">enclave games</a>.</p> </footer> </body> </html> the <head>
section contains basic information about the app, including its title, description, and the needed references to its ...
...the app displays its title, a description, and then a place for the app content to be shown (a <
section> element with the id content.
...this is the content we'll load into the content
section of the page using javascript code.
Content type - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
specifically: anything ::= char* where char is the production for a character, as defined in xml 1.0 ,
section 2.2.
...the normative definition of these keywords is found in user preferences for colors (css2,
section 18.2).
... | "rgb("integer, integer, integer")" | "rgb("integer "%", integer "%", integer "%)" | color-keyword hexdigit ::= [0-9a-fa-f] where color-keyword matches (case insensitively) one of the color keywords listed in css color module level 3, or one of the system color keywords listed in user preferences for colors (css2,
section 18.2).
...[0-9]* "." [0-9]+ this syntax is the same as the definition in css (css2,
section 4.3.1).
Private Properties - Archive of obsolete content
the final
section explains how to work with the particular namespace implementation used by the sdk.
... it is possible to read this
section on its own, but to fully appreciate how namespaces work, and the problem they set out to solve, it is recommended to read the entire article.
... from weakmap to namespace in the previous
section, a separate weakmap was used to associate each private property with an object.
passwords - Archive of obsolete content
you can store different sorts of credentials, as outlined in the "credentials"
section below.
...the
sections below explain both the properties you should define on credential objects and the properties you can expect on credential objects returned by the api.
...different sorts of stored credentials include various additional properties, as outlined in this
section.
Adding menus and submenus - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » the hello world example in the previous
sections shows the two most common ways to add menus.
... in this
section we'll look into more specialized menus and what you can do with them.
... adding elements to existing menus just as explained in the previous
sections, the best place to overlay your extension menu is inside the tools menu.
Adding sidebars - Archive of obsolete content
for this purpose we'll also look at some handy xul elements in this
section.
... they allow you to stack content on top of other content and switch between different
sections easily.
...you can see an example of a tabbox element if you open the firefox preferences window and select the advanced
section.
Adding windows and dialogs - Archive of obsolete content
the dialogs we have covered in this
section are very simple and shouldn't be too hard to implement manually using xul.
...there isn't much we need to add from what the xul tutorial explains, so go ahead and read the following
sections: input controls numeric controls list controls there are some other aspects to take into account when handling input controls, which we cover in the following
sections.
...see the firefox preferences window for an example of this:
sections are defined using groupbox elements, but their style is quite different from the default.
XPCOM Objects - Archive of obsolete content
this
section is a quick guide on how to read xpcom documentation, which basically amounts to understanding the syntax of xpidl, the language used to specify xpcom interfaces.
...this is covered further ahead in another
section of the tutorial.
...ce(aiid); } }; if we wanted a class that can be instantiated, instead of a singleton service, the factory would look like this: var counterfactory = { createinstance: function(aouter, aiid) { if (aouter != null) { throw cr.ns_error_no_aggregation; } return (new counter()).queryinterface(aiid); } }; the instructions on how to build an idl file are included in the
section setting up a development environment.
Security best practices in extensions - Archive of obsolete content
frame.docshell.allowimages = false; frame.docshell.allowjavascript = false; frame.docshell.allowplugins = false; there are more examples listed in the document listed above in this
section.
...for more information, refer to the evalinsandbox
section.
...for more information, refer to the evalinsandbox()
section.
MCD, Mission Control Desktop, AKA AutoConfig - Archive of obsolete content
home = getenv("homepath"); } var env_mozdebug= getenv("mozilla_debug"); // 2) define here (because if set after "3)" below it doesn't work !) processldapvalues which is eventually called by getldapattributes() just below, // check getldapattributes() code from $mozilla_home/defaults/autoconfig/prefcalls.js to see the inside call to "user defined" processldapvalues /* commented all this
section about ldap calls, not supported in ff5 packages :-( function processldapvalues (values) { if(values) { // set the global var with the values returned from the ldap query ldap_values = values; var uid = getldapvalue ( values ,"uid" ); var cn = getldapvalue ( values ,"cn" ); var mail = getldapvalue ( values ,"mail" ); var url = getldapvalue ( values ,"labele...
...the autoconfiguration subsystem is quite the same as described the
section on 'old' netscape 4.x, but also slightly different.
... in the original files below (in netscape 4.x
section), we hard-coded a single web server to retrieve the javascript preference file, and a single hard-coded ldap server to get mail and cn attributes.
Building Firefox with Rust code - Archive of obsolete content
please instead refer to the documentation found within the modern firefox build system documentation; specifically, the
section called including rust code in firefox.
...if you want to call code in the "e10s" crate, you would add: extern crate e10s; to toolkit/library/rust/shared/lib.rs; you would also need to specify the path to that crate in the dependencies
section of toolkit/library/rust/shared/cargo.toml: [dependencies] e10s = { path = "../../../../path/from/srcdir/e10s" } the e10s crate must also be checked into the tree at the appropriate path.
... if you need to locally patch a third-party crate, you'll need to add a [replace]
section to the referencing cargo.toml to declare that the vendored source shouldn't match the upstream release.
Venkman Introduction - Archive of obsolete content
for more information about this counter and the data, see item 2.2 in the venkman faq.) when you first start venkman, the basic views are arranged as in the screenshot above—though you can customize the layout and presence of the different views however you want, as we describe in the view customization
section below.
... the following
section describes these views and their use within the interface as a whole.
... debugging basics this
section provides a brief example of a debugging session in order to familiarize you with some of the basic commands and operations of the debugger.
XML in Mozilla - Archive of obsolete content
see the testing and qa
section for samples.
... the correct xhtml namespace is http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml please note that the xhtml entities, like ä, work only in conforming xhtml documents that have a valid xhtml formal public identifier (or in other words, a doctype
section with a public identifier).
...see the testing and qa
section for samples.
Unix stub installer - Archive of obsolete content
adding a package involves a few steps: add a
section named for your <component> to the packages-unix manifest that describes which files from dist belong to which module.
... for example, see the xpcom
section that lists all the shared libraries as seen in dist.
... add a [componentx]
section to the config.ini template file named config.it found at: <http://lxr.mozilla.org/seamonkey/sou...unix/config.it>.
Building accessible custom components in XUL - Archive of obsolete content
this is not an accessibility requirement; as we'll see in the next
section, the actual xul elements are irrelevant because we will define the role of each element in a separate attribute.
...(in the next
section we'll add support for the arrow keys to move between cells.) that means that we don't want to make every label and description element focusable.
...as i mentioned in the previous
section, we don't want to make every cell and header focusable.
Additional Install Features - Archive of obsolete content
« previous this
section describes some more specifics of installers.
... installer file manipulation the previous
section described a basic installer.
...for example, you might put the following as the last
section of your script: if (getlasterror() == success) { performinstall(); } else { cancelinstall(); } error codes that could be returned by getlasterror() are listed in the mozilla source file nsinstall.h.
Anonymous Content - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section we'll look at creating content with xbl.
...see also anonymous content
section of the xbl reference.
... in the next
section, we'll look at how attributes can be inherited into the anonymous content.
Box Objects - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » this
section describes the box object, which holds display and layout related information about a xul box as well as some details about xul layout.
...various pieces of information are used such as the tag name, the attributes on an element, various css properties, the elements and layout objects around the element, and the xbl associated with an element (xbl is described in a later
section).
...this attribute was explained earlier in the
section on boxes.
Content Panels - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we'll look at how to add panels that can display html pages or other xul files.
...this will be described in a later
section.
...a back button, a forward button and a field for typing is urls has been added to the only toolbar (we'll learn about toolbar in a later
section).
Introduction to RDF - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we'll look at rdf (resource description framework).
...we'll see this in the next
section.
...in the next
section, we'll look at how we can use these to fill in the field values automatically.
Stacks and Decks - Archive of obsolete content
in the next few
sections, we'll introduce some elements that are designed for holding other elements.
...more on this in the
section on events and the dom.
... the next
section describes how stacks can be used to position child elements.
Templates - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we'll find out how to populate elements with data.
...more details on these will be provided in the later
section.
...if you don't understand this, try re-reading the last part of the previous
section.
The Box Model - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we'll look at how xul handles layout.
...we should really use the grid element here to fix this which we'll learn about in a later
section.
... example so far: source view in the next
section, we will look at specifying the sizes of individual elements and how to constrain their sizes.
Tree Box Objects - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » this
section will describe the tree box object used to handle how a tree is displayed.
... about the tree box object box objects were described in an earlier
section.
... redrawing the tree we already saw the rowcountchanged() function of the tree box object in the previous
section.
The Implementation of the Application Object Model - Archive of obsolete content
the first
section of the document describes the motivation and reasoning behind using rdf as the foundation of xul.
... this
section makes a technical argument both for having xul in the first place and for using rdf as the underlying implementation of xul's content model.
... the second
section describes the xul/rdf architecture itself and outlines enhancements to the xul language in order to allow the markup language to reference local data and to indicate how and when it would like to be annotatable with local data.
XUL and RDF - Archive of obsolete content
the first
section of the document describes the motivation and reasoning behind using rdf as the foundation of xul.
... this
section makes a technical argument both for having xul in the first place and for using rdf as the underlying implementation of xul's content model.
... the second
section describes the xul/rdf architecture itself and outlines enhancements to the xul language in order to allow the markup language to reference local data and to indicate how and when it would like to be annotatable with local data.
Archived Mozilla and build documentation - Archive of obsolete content
ant script to assemble an extension this ant script helps to package an extension archived spidermonkey docs this
section contains old spidermonkey documentation.
...see the references
section for information on creating extension in earlier browsers.
... drag and drop this
section describes how to implement objects that can be dragged around and dropped onto other objects.
Encryption and Decryption - Archive of obsolete content
the
sections that follow introduce the use of keys for encryption and decryption.
...ssl also uses techniques of public-key encryption, which is described in the next
section.
...therefore, this
section describes the rsa approach to public-key encryption.
Scratchpad - Archive of obsolete content
first you need to check "scratchpad" in the "default firefox developer tools"
section of the settings page.
... in the editor preferences
section of the developer tools settings, you can choose to use vim, emacs, or sublime text key bindings instead.
... from firefox 33 onwards, the key binding preference is exposed in the editor preferences
section of the developer tools settings, and you can set it there instead of about:config.
Using the W3C DOM - Archive of obsolete content
instead, use the w3c dom properties and methods (examples in the next
section).
...you can get a reference to the element to which that style corresponds by using the dom's getelementbyid or one of the other methods described in the dom access
section above.
... whitespace in the dom by david baron element.innerhtml speed and performance comparison between innerhtml attribute and dom's nodevalue when modifying the text data of a text node by gérard talbot interactive dom level 2 characterdata interface attributes and methods tests: other ways to modify (replace, delete, manipulate) efficiently text nodes in the dom by gérard talbot <- previous
section: using web standards: how next
section: developing cross-browser pages -> ...
Writing JavaScript for XHTML - Archive of obsolete content
if your code contains either of these, you can work around this with cdata
sections: <script type="text/javascript"> <![cdata[ // is the variable a non-negative integer less than 10?
... if (variable < 10 && variable >= 0) action(); ]]> </script> note that the cdata
section is only necessary because of the < in the code; otherwise you could have ignored it.
... alternatively, the cdata
section can be couched within comments so as to be able to work in either application/xhtml+xml or text/html: <script type="text/javascript"> //<![cdata[ ...
Using the Right Markup to Invoke Plugins - Archive of obsolete content
its use is subject to a few caveats that this
section outlines.
...the references
section gathers resources about the use of the applet element.
... value="high" /> <param name="swliveconnect" value="true" /> <embed src="javascript_to_flash.swf" quality="high" width="366" height="142" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" pluginspage="http://www.macromedia.com/downloads/" name="myflash" swliveconnect="true"> </embed> </object> links to the rules governing the use of the embed element can be found in the references
section.
Test your skills: WAI-ARIA - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
... wai-aria 1 in our first aria task, we present you with a
section of non-semantic markup, which is obviously meant to be a list.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
What is accessibility? - Learn web development
you can find more details about keyboard controls in our cross browser testing using native keyboard accessibility
section.
... your country may also have specific legislation governing the need for websites serving their population to be accessible — for example en 301 549 in the eu,
section 508 of the rehabilitation act in the us, federal ordinance on barrier-free information technology in germany, the accessibility regulations 2018 in the uk, accessibilità in italy, the disability discrimination act in australia, etc.
...you should now also have a thirst to learn about the implementation details that can make sites accessible, and we'll start on that in the next
section, looking at why html is a good basis for accessibility.
Test your skills: The Cascade - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
... task one in this task, you need to use one of the special values we looked at in the controlling inheritance
section to write a declaration in a new rule that will reset the background color back to white, without using an actual color value.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Images, media, and form elements - Learn web development
there are a few key basics worth highlighting in this
section of the article.
...this includes all the items mentioned in the last three
sections: button, input, select, textarea { font-family: inherit; font-size: 100%; box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0; margin: 0; } textarea { overflow: auto; } note: normalizing stylesheets are used by many developers to create a set of baseline styles to use on all projects.
... for further information on styling forms, take a look at the two articles in the html
section of these guides.
Positioning - Learn web development
static positioning static positioning is the default that every element gets — it just means "put the element into its normal position in the document layout flow — nothing special to see here." to demonstrate this, and get your example set up for future
sections, first add a class of positioned to the second <p> in the html: <p class="positioned"> ...
...you need to use the top, bottom, left, and right properties, which we'll explain in the next
section.
...see the
section below for more information) note: you can use top, bottom, left, and right to resize elements if you need to.
Test your skills: Media Queries and Responsive Design - Learn web development
everything you need to know to complete this task was covered in the guide to media queries, and the other layout lessons in this
section.
... if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Common questions - Learn web development
this
section of the learning area is designed to provide answers to common questions that may come up, which are not necessarily part of the structured core learning pathways (e.g.
... how the web works this
section covers web mechanics —questions relating to general knowledge of the web ecosystem and how it works.
... design and accessibility this
section lists questions related to aesthetics, page structure, accessibility techniques, etc.
Basic native form controls - Learn web development
note: you can find the examples from this
section on github as checkable-items.html (see it live also).
... note: you can find the examples from this
section on github as button-examples.html (see it live also).
...in the next
section, we'll take a look at the newer values of the type attribute that were added in html5.
Example - Learn web development
a payment form html content <form method="post"> <h1>payment form</h1> <p>required fields are followed by <strong><abbr title="required">*</abbr></strong>.</p> <
section> <h2>contact information</h2> <fieldset> <legend>title</legend> <ul> <li> <label for="title_1"> <input type="radio" id="title_1" name="title" value="a"> ace </label> </li> <li> <label for="title_2"> <input type="radio" id="title_2" name="title" value="k" > king </label> </li> <li> <label for="title_3"> <input type="radio" id="title_3" name="title" value="q"> ...
... <p> <label for="mail"> <span>e-mail: </span> <strong><abbr title="required">*</abbr></strong> </label> <input type="email" id="mail" name="usermail"> </p> <p> <label for="pwd"> <span>password: </span> <strong><abbr title="required">*</abbr></strong> </label> <input type="password" id="pwd" name="password"> </p> </
section> <
section> <h2>payment information</h2> <p> <label for="card"> <span>card type:</span> </label> <select id="card" name="usercard"> <option value="visa">visa</option> <option value="mc">mastercard</option> <option value="amex">american express</option> </select> </p> <p> <label for="number"> <span>card number:<...
.../span> <strong><abbr title="required">*</abbr></strong> </label> <input type="tel" id="number" name="cardnumber"> </p> <p> <label for="date"> <span>expiration date:</span> <strong><abbr title="required">*</abbr></strong> <em>formatted as mm/dd/yyyy</em> </label> <input type="date" id="date" name="expiration"> </p> </
section> <
section> <p> <button type="submit">validate the payment</button> </p> </
section> </form> css content h1 { margin-top: 0; } ul { margin: 0; padding: 0; list-style: none; } form { margin: 0 auto; width: 400px; padding: 1em; border: 1px solid #ccc; border-radius: 1em; } div+div { margin-top: 1em; } label span { display: inline-block; width: 1...
JavaScript basics - Learn web development
the
section below introduces some aspects of the core language, and offers an opportunity to play with a few browser api features too.
...(see this
section about naming rules.) if you are unsure, you can check your variable name to see if it's valid.
... adding an image changer in this
section, you will learn how to use javascript and dom api features to alternate the display of one of two images.
Advanced text formatting - Learn web development
this is usually a feeling, thought, or piece of additional background information.</dd> <dd>in writing, a
section of content that is related to the current topic, but doesn't fit directly into the main flow of content so is presented nearby (often in a box off to the side.)</dd> </dl> active learning: marking up a set of definitions it's time to try your hand at description lists; add elements to the raw text in the input field so that it appears as a description list in the output field.
... blockquotes if a
section of block level content (be it a paragraph, multiple paragraphs, a list, etc.) is quoted from somewhere else, you should wrap it inside a <blockquote> element to signify this, and include a url pointing to the source of the quote inside a cite attribute.
...to find way more html elements, you can take a look at our html element reference (the inline text semantics
section would be a great place to start.) in the next article we will look at the html elements you'd use to structure the different parts of an html document.
Creating hyperlinks - Learn web development
this
section gives you the information you need to achieve this.
...in a real website, index.html would be our home page or landing page (a web page that serves as the entry point for a website or a particular
section of a website.).
... relative url: points to a location that is relative to the file you are linking from, more like what we looked at in the previous
section.
HTML text fundamentals - Learn web development
implementing structural hierarchy for example, in this story, the <h1> element represents the title of the story, the <h2> elements represent the title of each chapter, and the <h3> elements represent sub-
sections of each chapter: <h1>the crushing bore</h1> <p>by chris mills</p> <h2>chapter 1: the dark night</h2> <p>it was a dark night.
...html provides various semantic elements to allow us to mark up textual content with such effects, and in this
section, we'll look at a few of the most common ones.
... in this active learning
section, we've provided an editable example.
What’s in the head? Metadata in HTML - Learn web development
active learning: experiment with character encoding to try this out, revisit the simple html template you obtained in the previous
section on <title> (the title-example.html page), try changing the meta charset value to iso-8859-1, and add the japanese to your page.
...your html document will be indexed more effectively by search engines if its language is set (allowing it to appear correctly in language-specific results, for example), and it is useful to people with visual impairments using screen readers (for example, the word "six" exists in both french and english, but is pronounced differently.) you can also set sub
sections of your document to be recognised as different languages.
... for example, we could set our japanese language
section to be recognised as japanese, like so: <p>japanese example: <span lang="ja">ご飯が熱い。</span>.</p> these codes are defined by the iso 639-1 standard.
Images in HTML - Learn web development
note: you can find the finished example from this
section running on github (see the source code too.) alternative text the next attribute we'll look at is alt.
...this active learning
section will have you up and running with a simple embedding exercise.
... active learning: creating a figure in this active learning
section, we'd like you to take the finished code from the previous active learning
section, and turn it into a figure: wrap it in a <figure> element.
Mozilla splash page - Learn web development
this would also be useful if you want to get it assessed, or ask for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...the following sub
sections detail what you need to do: preparing images using your favourite image editor, create 400px wide and 120px wide versions of: firefox_logo-only_rgb.png firefox-addons.jpg mozilla-dinosaur-head.png call them something sensible, e.g.
...to complete this
section you'll need to insert an <img> element inside each one containing appropriate src, alt, srcset and sizes attributes.
Graceful asynchronous programming with Promises - Learn web development
promise terminology recap there was a lot to cover in the above
section, so let's go back over it quickly to give you a short guide that you can bookmark and use to refresh your memory in the future.
... you should also go over the above
section again a few more time to make sure these concepts stick.
...this works the same as the promise.all() demo we looked at in the above
section, except that in the fetchanddecode() function we chain a finally() call on to the end of the chain: function fetchanddecode(url, type) { return fetch(url).then(response => { if(!response.ok) { throw new error(`http error!
Introduction to events - Learn web development
in this
section, we review the various mechanisms and discuss which ones you should use.
...for example, this would remove the listener set in the first code block in this
section: btn.removeeventlistener('click', bgchange); this isn't significant for simple, small programs, but for larger, more complex programs it can improve efficiency to clean up old unused event handlers.
... other event concepts in this
section, we briefly cover some advanced concepts that are relevant to events.
Image gallery - Learn web development
note: if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
... to give you more of an idea, have a look at the finished example (no peeking at the source code!) steps to complete the following
sections describe what you need to do.
... you need to: put the
section of code below the "looping through images" comment inside a loop that loops through all 5 images — you just need to loop through five numbers, one representing each image.
Video and Audio APIs - Learn web development
in the next
section we'll look at the basic tools we have available to do this.
... each <button> has a class name, a data-icon attribute for defining what icon should be shown on each button (we'll show how this works in the below
section), and an aria-label attribute to provide an understandable description of each button, since we're not providing a human-readable label inside the tags.
...see the "see also"
section below for links to more complex and interesting functionality.
Silly story generator - Learn web development
note: if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
... will generate another random silly story if you press the button again (and again...) the following screenshot shows an example of what the finished program should output: to give you more of an idea, have a look at the finished example (no peeking at the source code!) steps to complete the following
sections describe what you need to do.
... now look at the second
section of the raw text file — "2.
Object prototypes - Learn web development
note: it is worth reading our more in-depth guide to "using prototypes in javascript", once you've made sense of this
section and wish to know more.
... this
section is intentionally simplified to make these concepts a little easier to understand when you first meet them.
... as you will see in the next
section, properties defined on the person.prototype property (or in general on a constructor function's prototype property, which is an object, as mentioned in the above
section) become available to all the instance objects created using the person() constructor.
Multimedia: video - Learn web development
previous overview: performance next as we learned in the previous
section, media, namely images and video, account for over 70% of the bytes downloaded for the average website.
...the
sections below describe each of these optimization techniques.
...if not, there are online tools, such as ffmpeg (discussed in
section below), that encode, decode, convert, and perform other optimization functions.
Website security - Learn web development
website security threats this
section lists just a few of the most common website threats and how they are mitigated.
... note: this
section draws heavily on the information in wikipedia here.
... a few key messages almost all of the security exploits in the previous
sections are successful when the web application trusts data from the browser.
Deployment and next steps - Learn web development
as we saw earlier, this instruction tells svelte to compile our components and javascript files into a public/build/bundle.js file and all the css
sections of our components into public/build/bundle.css.
... note: the following
section could be applied to any client-side static web site requiring a build step, not just svelte apps.
... learning more about svelte in this
section we'll give you some resources and projects to go and check out, to take your svelte learning further.
Introduction to automated testing - Learn web development
inside this
section we'll look at how to automate task running with node and gulp, a beginner-friendly option.
... to begin with, create a test npm project using the procedure detailed at the bottom of the previous
section.
... if you get errors, check that you've added all the dependencies and the tests as shown above; also try commenting out the html/css/javascript code
sections and then rerunning gulp to see if you can isolate what the problem is.
Handling common HTML and CSS problems - Learn web development
the use case we mentioned earlier (making modern semantic elements styleable in old versions of ie) can be achieved easily using conditional comments, for example you could put something like this in your ie stylesheet: aside, main, article,
section, nav, figure, figcaption { display: block; } it isn't that simple, however — you also need to create a copy of each element you want to style in the dom via javascript, for them to be styleable; this is a strange quirk, and we won't bore you with the details here.
... you can set a browser query by pressing the autoprefixer settings button and entering the query in the text field in the settings
section on the page.
... in your code, you can select
sections of css you want to add prefixes to, open the command pallette (cmd/ctrl + shift + p), then type in autoprefixer and select the autoprefixer result that autocompletes.
Deploying our app - Learn web development
post development there's potentially a large range of problems to be solved in this
section of the project's lifecycle.
... committing changes to github this
section will get you over the line to storing your code in a git repository, but it is a far cry from a git tutorial.
...we are hoping that this
section will at least make you aware of the need for testing, and will plant the seed that inspires you to go and learn more.
Introducing a complete toolchain - Learn web development
you should have node.js and npm installed already, but if not, refer back to that
section.
...if you followed the directions in the installing prettier
section then you might already have prettier installed.
...here is an example eslint output: ./my-project/src/index.js 2:8 error 'react' is defined but never used no-unused-vars 22:20 error 'body' is defined but never used no-unused-vars 96:19 error 'b' is defined but never used no-unused-vars ✖ 3 problems (3 errors, 0 warnings) note: we'll install eslint in the next
section; don't worry about this for now.
SVG Guidelines
in general the best way to combat this is to first run svg files through a linter such as svgo (see the tools
section below).
... avoid the use of cdata
sections cdata
sections are used to avoid parsing some text as html.
... most of time, cdata isn't needed, for example, the content in <style> tags doesn't need to be wrapped in a cdata
section as the content inside the tag is already correctly parsed as css.
Multiple Firefox profiles
do note it's best to follow all steps in the "creating the scripts"
section, including the "edit info.plist" step.
... setting up multiple profiles for different firefox channels this
section will be especially helpful if you are a developer, wanting to work with multiple channels, and each having their separate launcher.
...do note it's best to follow all steps in the "creating the scripts"
section, including the "edit info.plist" step.
Storage access policy: Block cookies from trackers
alternatively you can report broken sites directly in firefox by clicking "report a problem" in the content blocking
section of the control center (this shortcut may not be available in all versions of firefox).
... storage access grants in order to improve web compatibility and permit third-party integrations that require storage access, firefox will grant storage access scoped to the first party for a particular third-party origin as described in this
section.
...in this
section we describe the functionality you can expect in different integration scenarios.
Using the Browser API
in any case, you should at least download the repo and refer to the code as you read the
sections below.
...d; you can cycle through these using the htmliframeelement.findnext() method (specify forward and backward to go in either direction through the results), which is what our next two event listeners do: prev.addeventlistener('touchend',function() { browser.findnext("backward"); }); next.addeventlistener('touchend',function() { browser.findnext("forward"); }); the last event listener in this
section controls what happens when the search toggle button is pressed.
... for the full list of events, see the browser api landing page events
section.
JNI.jsm
see the
section "working with arrays" to see how this is used to create typed arrays.
... .getelements() returns a new cdata object of the
section of the array specified by astart and ending at position astart + alength.
... .setelements() sets a
section of a typed array to specified values.
PromiseWorker.jsm
here's the simplified diagram of how promiseworker works (svg version of the promiseworker diagram) setup and usage this
section explains how to set up and use a promiseworker.
...the following
sections tell you which content to use in your worker and main thread files, in order to use promiseworker objects.
...to learn more on how to achieve this see the
section in this article titled transferring special data from main thread to worker.
XPCOMUtils.jsm
pseudocode this
section provides some pseudocode that demonstrates how to put together a javascript class based on the steps listed above.
... create the nsgetfactory() or nsgetmodule() entry point finally, you need to implement the nsgetmodule() entry point so gecko can start up your component: // "components" is the array created in the previous
section if ("generatensgetfactory" in xpcomutils) var nsgetfactory = xpcomutils.generatensgetfactory(components); // gecko 2.0+ else var nsgetmodule = xpcomutils.generatensgetmodule(components); // gecko 1.9.x method overview function definelazygetter(aobject, aname, alambda); function definelazymodulegetter(aobject, aname, aresource, [optional] asymbol); function def...
... example for (var
section in xpcomutils.iterstringenumerator(iniparser.get
sections())) console.log(
section); post-registration callback the post-registration callback called by generatemodule() should have the following signature: postregister( nsicomponentmanager compmgr, nsifile filespec, componentsarray ); parameters compmgr an nsicomponentmanager instance to use for managing the component.
Application Translation with Mercurial
in the
section "applications & sign-offs", you will find different products and branches which are currently in translation.
... validating the translation in the product this guide hasn't yet a
section about the validation of the translation.
... please follow the instructions from the qa phase
section of the localization quick start guide.
Mozilla MathML Status
the
sections are marked with their current status: supported, in progress, and not currently supported.
...
sections related to semantics/content mathml or irrelevant features are left blank or not listed at all.
... if only the main features of an element are implemented then its
section is marked as supported but details of unsupported attributes are specified below.
PKCS11 Implement
how nss calls pkcs #11 functions this
section is organized according to the categories used in pkcs #11: cryptographic token interface standard, version 2.0.
... to understand this
section, you should be familiar with the standard specification.
... semantics unique to nss these
sections describe semantics required by nss but not specified by pkcs #11.
sslfnc.html
ssl initialization functions ssl export policy functions ssl configuration functions ssl communication functions ssl functions used by callbacks ssl handshake functions nss shutdown function deprecated functions ssl initialization functions this
section describes the initialization functions that are specific to ssl.
... applications must call one of the export policy functions before attempting to perform any cryptographic operations: nss_setdomesticpolicy nss_setexportpolicy nss_setfrancepolicy ssl_cipherpolicyset the following function is also described in this
section: ssl_cipherpolicyget nss_setdomesticpolicy configures cipher suites to conform with current u.s.
... ssl_authcertificatehook ssl_authcertificate ssl_badcerthook ssl_getclientauthdatahook nss_getclientauthdata ssl_handshakecallback setting up the callback functions described in this
section may be optional for some applications.
NSS Tools certutil
syntax to run the certificate database tool, type the command certutil option [arguments ] where options and arguments are combinations of the options and arguments listed in the following
section.
...subject alternative name extensions are described in
section 4.2.1.7 of rfc 32800.
...subject alternative name extensions are described in
section 4.2.1.7 of rfc 32800 usage the certificate database tool's capabilities are grouped as follows, using these combinations of options and arguments.
NSS Tools modutil
syntax to run the security module database tool, type the command modutil option [arguments] where option and arguments are combinations of the options and arguments listed in the following
section.
...see the
section jar installation file for information on creating the special script needed to perform an installation through a server or with the security module database tool (that is, in environments without javascript support).
...this
section discusses the following keys: global keysper-platform keysper-file keys global keys forwardcompatible gives a list of platforms that are forward compatible.
JSPropertyOp
these different cases are described in more detail in the
sections below.
...see the
section on getters and setters above.
...see the
section on getters and setters above.
TPS Tests
a test file may contain an arbitrary number of
sections, each involving the same or different profiles, so that one test file may be used to test the effect of syncing and modifying a common set of data (from a single sync account) over a series of different events and clients.
... tps tests tend to be broken down into three
sections, in the following order (we'll cover these out of order, for the sake of simplicity) phase declarations (mandatory).
... each type of asset list has a number of built-in functions you can call, described in the
section on asset lists; there are also some additional built-in functions.
Querying Places
you can set multiple folders and the result will be the inter
section of all the folders.
... // |query| and |options| are objects created in the previous
section query.setparents([placesutils.bookmarks.toolbarguid], 1); let result = placesutils.history.executequery(query, options); serializing queries query and options objects can be serialized into a string starting with "place:" using queriestoquerystring.
...this
section discusses how to access the result directly, for example, if you are creating your own view or are processing the results instead of displaying them.
How to build an XPCOM component in JavaScript
if you want to use your component only from javascript, you can skip to the next
section.
... if an interface exists that meets your needs, then you do not need to write an idl, or compile a typelib, and may skip to the next
section.
...you skipped the
sections "defining the interface" and "compiling the typelib" above, you uncommented the "wrappedjsobject" line in the class constructor, and you removed the "[components.interfaces.nsihelloworld]" argument for the call to xpcomutils.generateqi() in queryinterface, then you can access your component like this: try { var mycomponent = components.classes['@dietrich.ganx4.com/helloworld;1'] ...
Cut
« xpcom api reference summary the cut function removes a
section of the string's internal buffer.
... void cut( index_type acutstart, size_type acutlength ); parameters acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
... acutlength [in] the length of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
Cut
« xpcom api reference summary the cut function removes a
section of the string's internal buffer.
... void cut( index_type acutstart, index_type acutlength ); parameters acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
... acutlength [in] the length of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
IAccessibleValue
see the
section about.
...see the
section about.
...see the
section about.
nsITextInputProcessor
how to create keyboardevent instance for nsitextinputprocessor this
section describes how to create keyboardevent for arguments of some methods of nsitextinputprocessor.
...see "printable keys in standard position"
section of keyboardevent.keycode for the strict rules of gecko.
... modifier state management this
section describes how to manage modifier state.
NS_CStringCutData
« xpcom api reference summary the ns_cstringcutdata function removes a
section of the string's internal buffer.
...acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
... acutlength [in] the length of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
NS_CStringSetDataRange
« xpcom api reference summary the ns_cstringsetdatarange function copies data into a
section of the string's internal buffer.
... acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to replace, measured in storage units.
... acutlength [in] the length of the
section to replace, measured in storage units.
NS_StringCutData
« xpcom api reference summary the ns_stringcutdata function removes a
section of the string's internal buffer.
... acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
... acutlength [in] the length of the
section to remove, measured in storage units.
NS_StringSetDataRange
« xpcom api reference summary the ns_stringsetdatarange function copies data into a
section of the string's internal buffer.
...acutstart [in] the starting index of the
section to replace, measured in storage units.
... acutlength [in] the length of the
section to replace, measured in storage units.
Storage
you can find some very useful links in the see also
section however.
... statements this
section demonstrates how you can execute sql statements on your database.
...if your code needs to work with applications based on gecko 1.8 or 1.9, you should the technique covered in the
section synchronously below.
Frequently Asked Questions
this
section will help you if you're fixing a broken build, or have what you think is a quick obvious question, and you don't have time to read the reference manual.
... the faq is divided into
sections to help you find what you're looking for faster.
... nscomptr<nsifoo> foo( do_queryinterface(abar, &rv) ); if ( foo ) foo->dosomefoothing(); // |foo| goes out of scope, and so |release|s its referent, here } // ...tons of stuff here, during which i don't need an |nsifoo| return rv; } editors note: move this discussion to the efficiency
section, and link to it from here.
Getting Started Guide
if you have never used nscomptrs before, this
section is for you.
...you should already know this, and should be able to just skim this short
section.
...be careful not to apply do_queryinterface to a function returning an addrefed pointer (see this short
section for an explanation) for more details, continue on to the reference manual.
Status, Recent Changes, and Plans
i'm sorry this
section is in the way for first-time readers.
...i put this
section at the top so that checking for recent changes will be easy.
... added an entire
section to the getting started guide on nscomptrs in function signatures added references to recent bugs influencing the use of nscomptr machinery: bug 59212, and bug 59414 fixed comparisons 1 and 3, as per comments by morten welinder updated examples to prefer direct initialization over copy initialization.
Main Windows
its main focus is on handling the folderpane, threadpane, and the message preview
sections shown above.
... the rest is loaded from overlays: mailwindowoverlay.xul this is the red
sections shown in the interface above (where?), including the toolbars, notification bars, and the status bar, but also includes most of the commands, keysets, and context menus of thunderbird, along with a whole lot of javascript.
... mailwindowoverlay.xul this is the red
sections shown in the interface above, including the toolbars, notification bars and the status bar.it also includes most of the commands, keysets, and context menus of thunderbird, along with a whole lot of javascript.
Theme Packaging
you must have a top-level chrome.manifest file which registers the chrome for the theme (as before) and also an install.rdf manifest that specifies metadata that is displayed in the appearance
section of the add-ons manager.
... preview.png is a preview image which will show when double-clicked on a theme in the appearance
section of the add-ons manager.
...48x48) png (may contain alpha transparency) which will show up in the appearance
section of the add-ons manager.
Standard OS Libraries
for example the documentation for v4.4.0 is seen here: x11 manual pages:
section 3.
... core foundation to learn about all the mac os x apis and which library file you will need to call, go to the mac developer library website and find the function, then scroll down to "declared in"
section, and find which framework contains the header file.
...therefore elaboration on this technique is not done in the js-ctypes
section but it is done in the jni.jsm article.
Drawing and Event Handling - Plugins
drawing plug-ins this
section describes the methods and processes you use in drawing both windowed and windowless plug-ins.
... processes that apply to only one of these plug-in types are described in the following
sections.
... windowless plug-ins provide the plug-in writer with some significant design possibilities: you can place a windowless plug-in within a
section; other
sections can exist both above and below it.
UI Tour - Firefox Developer Tools
this article is a quick tour of the main
sections of the javascript debugger's user interface.
... the ui is split vertically into three panels source list pane source pane the contents of the third pane depend on the current state of the debugger and may include the following
sections: toolbar watch expressions breakpoints call stack scopes xhr breakpoints event listener breakpoints dom mutation breakpoints source list pane the source list pane lists all the javascript source files loaded into the page, and enables you to select one to debug.
...when the debugger's paused, you'll be able to expand this
section to see all objects that are in scope at this point in the program: objects are organized by scope: the most local appears first, and the global scope (window, in the case of page scripts) appears last.
Index - Firefox Developer Tools
49 network monitor toolbar 110n:priority, debugging, dev tools, firefox, guide, networking, tools the network monitor provides two toolbar areas, one above the main
section, and another below.
... 80 ui tour guide, inspector, tools this article is a quick tour of the main
sections of the page inspector's user interface.
... 138 ui tour this article is a quick tour of the main
sections of the javascript debugger's user interface.
Waterfall - Firefox Developer Tools
console markers these enable you to mark a specific
section of the recording.
... to make a console marker, call console.time() at the start of the
section, and console.timeend() at the end.
... these functions take an argument which is used to name the
section.
Style Editor - Firefox Developer Tools
the toolbox will appear at the bottom of the browser window, with the style editor activated: the style editor is divided into three main
sections: the style sheet pane on the left the editor on the right the media sidebar.
... in the editor preferences
section of the developer tools settings, you can choose to use vim, emacs, or sublime text key bindings instead.
... from firefox 33 onwards, the key binding preference is exposed in the editor preferences
section of the developer tools settings, and you can set it there instead of about:config.
about:debugging (before Firefox 68) - Firefox Developer Tools
add-ons the add-ons
section in about:debugging only supports restartless add-ons, including basic bootstrapped extensions, add-on sdk add-ons, and webextensions.
... this
section uses a simple serviceworker demo, hosted at https://serviceworke.rs/push-simple/.
...just click the "push" button to send a push event to the service worker: service workers not compatible in firefox 49+, a warning message will be displayed in the service workers
section of the workers page if service workers are incompatible with the current browser configuration, and therefore cannot be used or debugged.
Using dynamic styling information - Web APIs
one's javascript code also becomes cleaner since instead of being dedicated to styling details, it can focus on the overall semantics of each
section it is creating or manipulating, leaving the precise style details to the stylesheet.
... modify an element's style the element style property (see also the
section "dom style object" below) can also be used to get and set the styles on an element.
...setting the border property, for example, will override settings made elsewhere for that element's border property in the head
section, or external style sheets.
Introduction to the DOM - Web APIs
but the relationship between objects and the interfaces that they implement in the dom can be confusing, and so this
section attempts to say a little something about the actual interfaces in the dom specification and how they are made available.
...document.getelementbyid("table"); const tableattrs = table.attributes; // node/element interface for (let i = 0; i < tableattrs.length; i++) { // htmltableelement interface: border attribute if(tableattrs[i].nodename.tolowercase() == "border") table.border = "1"; } // htmltableelement interface: summary attribute table.summary = "note: increased border"; core interfaces in the dom this
section lists some of the most commonly-used interfaces in the dom.
...these elements may also have specific interfaces for dealing with the kind of data those elements hold, as in the table object example in the previous
section.
Basic concepts - Web APIs
to learn more about indexeddb terms, see the definitions
section.
...also see transaction under the definitions
section.
...<iframe> content) can access the indexeddb store for the origin it is embedded into, unless the browser is set to never accept third party cookies (see bug 1147821.) definitions this
section defines and explains terms used in the indexeddb api.
Pointer events - Web APIs
the following sub-
sections contain short descriptions of each interface and property.
... examples this
section contains examples of basic usage of using the pointer events interfaces.
...this
section contains information about pointer event and mouse event interaction and the ramifications for application developers.
RTCRtpTransceiver - Web APIs
each sdp media
section describes one bidirectional srtp ("secure real time protocol") stream (excepting the media
section for rtcdatachannel, if present).
... this pairing of send and receive srtp streams is significant for some applications, so rtcrtptransceiver is used to represent this pairing, along with other important state from the media
section.
... each non-disabled srtp media
section is always represented by exactly one transceiver.
Using Service Workers - Web APIs
(see the browser compatibility
section for more information.) if you want to use this now, you could consider using a polyfill like the one available in google's topeka demo, or perhaps store your assets in indexeddb.
... let’s start this
section by looking at a code sample — this is the first block you’ll find in our service worker: self.addeventlistener('install', (event) => { event.waituntil( caches.open('v1').then((cache) => { return cache.addall([ './sw-test/', './sw-test/index.html', './sw-test/style.css', './sw-test/app.js', './sw-test/image-list.js', './sw-test/star-wars-logo.jpg', './sw-test/gallery/', './sw-test/gallery/bountyhunters.jpg', './sw-test/gallery/mylittlevader.jpg', './sw-test/gallery/snowtroopers.jpg' ]); }) ); }); here we add an install event listener to the service worker (hence self), and then chain a extendableevent.waituntil() method onto the event — this ensures that t...
...this doesn’t have much of a distinct use the first time your service worker is installed/activated, but it means more when the service worker is updated (see the updating your service worker
section later on.) note: localstorage works in a similar way to service worker cache, but it is synchronous, so not allowed in service workers.
SubtleCrypto.importKey() - Web APIs
see the examples
section for more concrete guidance.
... subjectpublickey is defined in rfc 5280,
section 4.1 using the asn.1 notation: subjectpublickeyinfo ::= sequence { algorithm algorithmidentifier, subjectpublickey bit string } just like pkcs #8, the importkey() method expects to receive this object as an arraybuffer containing the der-encoded form of the subjectpublickeyinfo.
... see the examples
section for more concrete guidance.
Taking still photos with WebRTC - Web APIs
the html markup our html interface has two main operational
sections: the stream and capture panel and the presentation panel.
...le clicks on the button to capture a still photo each time the user clicks the startbutton, we need to add an event listener to the button, to be called when the click event is issued: startbutton.addeventlistener('click', function(ev){ takepicture(); ev.preventdefault(); }, false); this method is simple enough: it just calls our takepicture() function, defined below in the
section capturing a frame from the stream, then calls event.preventdefault() on the received event to prevent the click from being handled more than once.
... wrapping up the startup() method there are only two more lines of code in the startup() method: clearphoto(); } this is where we call the clearphoto() method we'll describe below in the
section clearing the photo box.
Inputs and input sources - Web APIs
the
section primary squeeze action describes this in more detail.
... much of the information you need in order to implement this can be found in the
section on input profiles, below.
... there are a number of examples showing how to handle select events throughout the documentation, such as in the
section on targeting and the targeting ray elsewhere in this article.
XRView - Web APIs
return refspace.getoffsetreferencespace(newtransform); } this code is broken into four
sections.
... the second
section computes the "up" vector for the object.
... the third
section creates the new xrrigidtransform, specifying a point providing the offsets along the three axes as the first parameter, and the orientation quaternion as the second parameter.
ARIA annotations - Accessibility
you can learn more about this in the next
section.
...as an example, let’s say you have a poll/voting ui widget that shows numbers of votes, but you want to summarize the purpose of the widget in a clear description because the ui does not make it clear: <
section aria-description="choose your favourite fruit — the fruit with the highest number of votes will be added to the lunch options next week."> <p>pick your favourite fruit:</p> <form> <ul> <li><label>apple: <input type="radio" name="fruit" value="apple"></label></li> <li><label>orange: <input type="radio" name="fruit" value="orange"></label></li> <li><label>banana: <input ...
...type="radio" name="fruit" value="banana"></label></li> </ul> </form> </
section> if the descriptive text does appear in the ui, you can link the description to the widget using aria-describedby, like so: <p id="fruit-desc">choose your favourite fruit — the fruit with the highest number of votes will be added to the lunch options next week.</p> <
section aria-describedby="fruit-desc"> <form> <ul> <li><label>apple: <input type="radio" name="fruit" value="apple"></label></li> <li><label>orange: <input type="radio" name="fruit" value="orange"></label></li> <li><label>banana: <input type="radio" name="fruit" value="banana"></label></li> </ul> </form> </
section> insertions and deletions a common wish in online document systems like google docs is to be able to t...
ARIA: tabpanel role - Accessibility
then post full details in best practices
section below.
...remove this
section if there are none to list.
...remove the
section if none exist.
ARIA: Comment role - Accessibility
examples in the following example we have a document
section that has been commented.
... the commented
section is marked up using <span role="mark">.
... i think the cowbell could distract from the solo.</p> <p><time datetime="2019-03-30t21:02">march 30 2019, 21:02</time></p> </div> </div> accessibility concerns landmark roles are intended to be used sparingly, to identify larger overall
sections of the document.
ARIA: feed role - Accessibility
<
section role="feed" aria-busy="false"> ...
...</
section> description a feed is a page structure for a scrollable list of articles where scrolling may cause articles to be added to the top or end of the list.
... article each
section of content in a feed should be contained in an <article> or element with role article.
ARIA: dialog role - Accessibility
<div role="dialog" aria-labelledby="dialog1title" aria-describedby="dialog1desc"> <h2 id="dialog1title">your personal details were successfully updated</h2> <p id="dialog1desc">you can change your details at any time in the user account
section.</p> <button>close</button> </div> description marking up a dialog element with the dialog role helps assistive technology identify the dialog's content as being grouped and separated from the rest of the page content.
...additionally, the following needs to be done: the dialog must be properly labeled keyboard focus must be managed correctly the
sections below describe how these two requirements can be met.
...this approach is shown in the code snippet below: <div role="dialog" aria-labelledby="dialog1title" aria-describedby="dialog1desc"> <h2 id="dialog1title">your personal details were successfully updated</h2> <p id="dialog1desc">you can change your details at any time in the user account
section.</p> <button>close</button> </div> keep in mind that a dialog's title and description text do not have to be focusable in order to be perceived by screen readers operating in a non-virtual mode.
Implementing a Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) Server - Accessibility
this document's deciding which msaa features to support
section attempts to lower the cost by showing which parts of msaa are not very important to work on.
...we'll explain more about events later in this
section.
...see the
section on accessible roles to see what kinds of objects gecko support iaccessible for.
Web Accessibility: Understanding Colors and Luminance - Accessibility
there's movement towards adopting the use of hsl color values rather than rgb values is css color module 3 (see
section 4.2.4), the rationale being that rgb is hardware-oriented, reflecting the use of crts, and that rgb is non-intuitive.
... note that in that same
section of the css color module 3, there are algorigthms available to translate the hsl to rgb.
... nasa's article, luminance contrast in color graphics, in the
section titled, "the effect of luminance on saturation", points out that there is a loss of saturation at low luminances.
Color contrast - Accessibility
see the solution
section below for further information.
... you can also check color contrast on the fly using firefox's developer tools — see our accessibility inspector guide, and in particular the
section check for accessibility issues.
... try using it on the live examples in the description
section.
Box-shadow generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
box-shadow generator html content <div id="container"> <div class="group
section"> <div id="layer_manager"> <div class="group
section"> <div class="button" data-type="add"> </div> <div class="button" data-type="move-up"> </div> <div class="button" data-type="move-down"> </div> </div> <div id="stack_container"></div> </div> <div id="preview_zone"> <div id="layer_menu" class="col span_12"> <div class="button" id="element" data-type="subject" data-title="element"> element </div> <div class="button" id="before" data-type="subject" data-...
...ui-checkbox" data-topic='after' data-label=":after"></div> </div> <div id="preview"> <div id="obj-element"> <div class="content"> </div> <div id="obj-before"> </div> <div id="obj-after"> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <div id="controls" class="group
section"> <div class="wrap-left"> <div class="colorpicker category"> <div class="title"> </div> <div id="colorpicker" class="group"> <div id="gradient" class="gradient"> <div id="gradient_picker"> </div> </div> <div id="hue" data-topic="hue" class="hue"> ...
...============================================== */ .span_12 { width: 100%; } .span_11 { width: 91.46%; } .span_10 { width: 83%; } .span_9 { width: 74.54%; } .span_8 { width: 66.08%; } .span_7 { width: 57.62%; } .span_6 { width: 49.16%; } .span_5 { width: 40.7%; } .span_4 { width: 32.24%; } .span_3 { width: 23.78%; } .span_2 { width: 15.32%; } .span_1 { width: 6.86%; } /*
sections * ========================================================================== */ .
section { clear: both; padding: 0px; margin: 0px; } /* grouping * ========================================================================== */ .group:before, .group:after { content: ""; display: table; } .group:after { clear:both; } .group { zoom: 1; /* for ie 6/7 (trigger haslayout) */ ...
CSS Grid Layout and Accessibility - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the specification includes a
section that covers reordering and accessibility.
... in the introduction to that
section are details of what the specification expects browsers to do when the content is visually reordered using grid layout.
...for more information about this interaction see the guide on the relationship of grid layout to other layout methods and the
section on display: contents.
Using CSS transforms - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
html <
section> <figure> <caption><code>perspective-origin: top left;</code></caption> <div class="container"> <div class="cube potl"> <div class="face front">1</div> <div class="face back">2</div> <div class="face right">3</div> <div class="face left">4</div> <div class="face top">5</div> <div class="face bottom">6</div> </div> </figure> <figure> <caption><c...
...figure> <figure> <caption><code>perspective-origin: 200% -200%;</code></caption> <div class="container"> <div class="cube po200200"> <div class="face front">1</div> <div class="face back">2</div> <div class="face right">3</div> <div class="face left">4</div> <div class="face top">5</div> <div class="face bottom">6</div> </div> </div> </figure> </
section> css /* perspective-origin values (unique per example) */ .potl { perspective-origin: top left; } .potm { perspective-origin: top; } .potr { perspective-origin: top right; } .poml { perspective-origin: left; } .pomm { perspective-origin: 50% 50%; } .pomr { perspective-origin: right; } .pobl { perspective-origin: bottom left; } .pobm { perspective-origin: bottom; } .pobr { per...
...kground: rgba(196, 0, 0, 0.7); transform: rotatey(90deg) translatez(50px); } .left { background: rgba(0, 0, 196, 0.7); transform: rotatey(-90deg) translatez(50px); } .top { background: rgba(196, 196, 0, 0.7); transform: rotatex(90deg) translatez(50px); } .bottom { background: rgba(196, 0, 196, 0.7); transform: rotatex(-90deg) translatez(50px); } /* make the layout a little nicer */
section { background-color: #eee; padding: 10px; font-family: sans-serif; text-align: left; display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(3, 1fr); } result once you have done this, you can work on the element in the 3d space.
Visual formatting model - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
note however that block boxes, block-level boxes and box containers are all subtly different; see the block boxes
section below for more details.
... inline anonymous boxes are created when a string is split by an inline element, for example, a sentence that includes a
section wrapped with <em></em>.
... this splits the sentence into three inline boxes — an anonymous inline box before the emphasized
section, the
section wrapped in the <em> element, then a final anonymous inline box.
display - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
this
section defines those "internal" display values, which only have meaning within that particular layout mode.
...see the accessibility concerns
section below for more details.
... global /* global values */ display: inherit; display: initial; display: unset; description the individual pages for the different types of value that display can have set on it feature multiple examples of those values in action — see the syntax
section.
font-weight - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
note that only four font weights are considered for relative weight calculation; see the meaning of relative weights
section below.
...note that only four font weights are considered for relative weight calculation; see the meaning of relative weights
section below.
...certain commonly used values correspond to common weight names, as described in the common weight name mapping
section below.
offset-anchor - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
| [ [ left | right ] <length-percentage> ] && [ [ top | bottom ] <length-percentage> ] ]where <length-percentage> = <length> | <percentage> examples setting various offset-anchor values in the following example, we have three <div> elements nested in <
section> elements.
... each <
section> has been styled with a linear gradient to give it a horizontal line running through its center, to give you a visual display of where the <div>'s offset paths are running.
... html <
section> <div class="offset-anchor1"></div> </
section> <
section> <div class="offset-anchor2"></div> </
section> <
section> <div class="offset-anchor3"></div> </
section> css div { offset-path: path('m 0,20 l 200,20'); animation: move 3000ms infinite alternate ease-in-out; width: 40px; height: 40px; }
section { background-image: linear-gradient(to bottom, transparent, transparent 49%, #000 50%, #000 51%, transparent 52%); border: 1px solid #ccc; margin-bottom: 10px; } .offset-anchor1 { offset-anchor: auto; b...
perspective-origin - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
html <
section> <figure> <figcaption><code>perspective-origin: top left;</code></figcaption> <div class="container"> <div class="cube potl"> <div class="face front">1</div> <div class="face back">2</div> <div class="face right">3</div> <div class="face left">4</div> <div class="face top">5</div> <div class="face bottom">6</div> </div> </div> </figure> <f...
...> <figure> <figcaption><code>perspective-origin: 200% -200%;</code></figcaption> <div class="container"> <div class="cube po200200"> <div class="face front">1</div> <div class="face back">2</div> <div class="face right">3</div> <div class="face left">4</div> <div class="face top">5</div> <div class="face bottom">6</div> </div> </div> </figure> </
section> css /* perspective-origin values (unique per example) */ .potl { perspective-origin: top left; } .potm { perspective-origin: top; } .potr { perspective-origin: top right; } .poml { perspective-origin: left; } .pomm { perspective-origin: 50% 50%; } .pomr { perspective-origin: right; } .pobl { perspective-origin: bottom left; } .pobm { perspective-origin: bottom; } .pobr { per...
...kground: rgba(196, 0, 0, 0.7); transform: rotatey(90deg) translatez(50px); } .left { background: rgba(0, 0, 196, 0.7); transform: rotatey(-90deg) translatez(50px); } .top { background: rgba(196, 196, 0, 0.7); transform: rotatex(90deg) translatez(50px); } .bottom { background: rgba(196, 0, 196, 0.7); transform: rotatex(-90deg) translatez(50px); } /* make the layout a little nicer */
section { background-color: #eee; padding: 10px; font-family: sans-serif; text-align: left; display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(3, 1fr); } result specifications specification status comment css transforms level 2the definition of 'perspective-origin' in that specification.
Block formatting context - Developer guides
html <
section> <div class="box"> <div class="float">i am a floated box!</div> <p>i am content inside the container.</p> </div> </
section> <
section> <div class="box" style="overflow:auto"> <div class="float">i am a floated box!</div> <p>i am content inside the <code>overflow:auto</code> container.</p> </div> </
section> <
section> <div class="box" style="display...
...:flow-root"> <div class="float">i am a floated box!</div> <p>i am content inside the <code>display:flow-root</code> container.</p> </div> </
section> css
section { height:150px; } .box { background-color: rgb(224, 206, 247); border: 5px solid rebeccapurple; } .box[style] { background-color: aliceblue; border: 5px solid steelblue; } .float { float: left; width: 200px; height: 100px; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, .5); border:1px solid black; padding: 10px; } exclude external floats in the following example, we are using display:flow-root and floats to implement double columns layout, beacuse an element in the normal flow that establishes a new bfc must not overlap the margin box of any floats in the same block formatti...
... html <
section> <div class="float">try to resize this outer float</div> <div class="box"><p>normal</p></div> </
section> <
section> <div class="float">try to resize this outer float</div> <div class="box" style="display:flow-root"><p><code>display:flow-root</code><p></div> </
section> css
section { height:150px; } .box { background-color: rgb(224, 206, 247); border: 5px solid rebeccapurple; } .box[style] { background-color: aliceblue; border: 5px solid steelblue; } .float { float: left; overflow: hidden; /* required by resize:both */ resize: both; margin-right:25px; width: 200px; height: 100px; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, .75); border: 1px solid black; padding: 10px; } ...
<input type="time"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
see more in the making min and max cross midnight
section of this article.
...however, providing it does add the seconds input area adjacent to the minutes
section.
... using step seems to cause validation to not work properly (as seen in the next
section).
Link types - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
if none, it is a permalink for the
section that the element is most closely associated to.
... removed start, chapter,
section, sub
section, and appendix html 4.01 specificationthe definition of 'link types' in that specification.
... recommendation added alternate, stylesheet, start, chapter,
section, sub
section, appendix, and bookmark.
HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
html markup includes special "elements" such as <head>, <title>, <body>, <header>, <footer>, <article>, <
section>, <p>, <div>, <span>, <img>, <aside>, <audio>, <canvas>, <datalist>, <details>, <embed>, <nav>, <output>, <progress>, <video>, <ul>, <ol>, <li> and many others.
... html reference in our extensive html reference
section, you'll find the details about every element and attribute in html.
... use html to solve common problems provides links to
sections of content explaining how to use html to solve very common problems when creating a web page: dealing with titles, adding images or videos, emphasizing content, creating a basic form, etc.
Browser detection using the user agent - HTTP
it will cause a syntax error in // browsers that do not support look-behind expressions // because all browsers parse the entire script, including //
sections of the code that are never executed.
...thus, in the above example, you would use new regexp("(?<=look_behind_stuff)"); instead of /(?<=look_behind_stuff)/, even in the lookbehind supported
section of your code.
...see the mobile device detection
section for more information.
Content Security Policy (CSP) - HTTP
csp is designed to be fully backward compatible (except csp version 2 where there are some explicitly-mentioned inconsistencies in backward compatibility; more details here
section 1.1).
... examples: common use cases this
section provides examples of some common security policy scenarios.
... violated-directive the name of the policy
section that was violated.
HTTP headers - HTTP
dpr a number that indicates the client’s current device pixel ratio (dpr), which is the ratio of physical pixels over css pixels (
section 5.2 of [cssval]) of the layout viewport (
section 9.1.1 of [css2]) on the device.
... upgrade the relevant rfc document for the upgrade header field is rfc 7230,
section 6.7.
...for details on the connection header field please see
section 6.1 of the aforementioned rfc.
Link prefetching FAQ - HTTP
an example using the link tag follows: <link rel="prefetch" href="/images/big.jpeg"> the same prefetching hint using an http link: header: link: </images/big.jpeg>; rel=prefetch the format for the link: header is described in rfc 5988
section 5.
...in fact, the html 4.01 specification explicitly allows for the definition of new link relation types (see
section 6.12: link types).
... standardization of this technique is part of the scope of html 5, see the current working draft,
section §5.11.3.13.
JavaScript modules - JavaScript
also, note that you might get different behavior from
sections of script defined inside modules as opposed to in standard scripts.
...the above line is basically shorthand for: import {default as randomsquare} from './modules/square.js'; note: the as syntax for renaming exported items is explained below in the renaming imports and exports
section.
...we'll look at these in the following
sections.
Set - JavaScript
y.from(myset) // [1, "some text", {"a": 1, "b": 2}, {"a": 1, "b": 2}] // the following will also work if run in an html document myset.add(document.body) myset.has(document.queryselector('body')) // true // converting between set and array myset2 = new set([1, 2, 3, 4]) myset2.size // 4 [...myset2] // [1, 2, 3, 4] // intersect can be simulated via let inter
section = new set([...set1].filter(x => set2.has(x))) // difference can be simulated via let difference = new set([...set1].filter(x => !set2.has(x))) // iterate set entries with foreach() myset.foreach(function(value) { console.log(value) }) // 1 // 2 // 3 // 4 implementing basic set operations function issuperset(set, subset) { for (let elem of subset) { if (!set.has(elem)) { ...
... return false } } return true } function union(seta, setb) { let _union = new set(seta) for (let elem of setb) { _union.add(elem) } return _union } function inter
section(seta, setb) { let _inter
section = new set() for (let elem of setb) { if (seta.has(elem)) { _inter
section.add(elem) } } return _inter
section } function symmetricdifference(seta, setb) { let _difference = new set(seta) for (let elem of setb) { if (_difference.has(elem)) { _difference.delete(elem) } else { _difference.add(elem) } } return _difference } function difference(seta, setb) { let _difference = new set(seta) for (let elem of setb) { _difference.delete(ele...
...m) } return _difference } // examples let seta = new set([1, 2, 3, 4]) let setb = new set([2, 3]) let setc = new set([3, 4, 5, 6]) issuperset(seta, setb) // => true union(seta, setc) // => set [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] inter
section(seta, setc) // => set [3, 4] symmetricdifference(seta, setc) // => set [1, 2, 5, 6] difference(seta, setc) // => set [1, 2] relation with array objects let myarray = ['value1', 'value2', 'value3'] // use the regular set constructor to transform an array into a set let myset = new set(myarray) myset.has('value1') // returns true // use the spread operator to transform a set into an array.
Codecs used by WebRTC - Web media technologies
for details on webrtc-related considerations for each codec, see the sub-
sections below by following the links on each codec's name.
...you can find more general information about opus and its capabilities, and how other apis can support opus, in the corresponding
section of our guide to audio codecs used on the web.
... for more about security considerations when using avc in webrtc, see rfc 6184,
section 9: rtp payload format for h.264 video: security considerations.
Performance fundamentals - Web Performance
the next few sub
sections point out and discuss essential performance metrics.
... platform performance optimizations this
section provides a brief overview of how firefox/gecko contributes to performance generally, below the level of all applications.
... application performance this
section is intended for developers asking the question: "how can i make my app fast"?
Lazy loading - Web Performance
a practical example would be when, you land on the home page of an e-commerce site which has a link to a cart page/
section and all its resources (js, css, images...) are downloaded only when the user navigates to that cart page.
... polyfill include this polyfill to provide support for older and currently incompatible browsers: loading-attribute-polyfill inter
section observer api inter
section observers allow the user to know when an observed element enters or exits the browser’s viewport.
... event handlers when browser compatibility is crucial, there are a few options: polyfill inter
section observer fallback to scroll, resize or orientation change event handlers to determine if a specific element is in viewport specifications specification status comment html living standard living standard ...
Web Performance
we cover them in this
section: key performance guides animation performance and frame rateanimation on the web can be done via svg, javascript, including <canvas> and webgl, css animation, <video>, animated gifs and even animated pngs and other image types.
... inter
section observer api learn to time element visibility with the inter
section observer api and be asynchronously notified when elements of interest becomes visible.
... other documentation developer tools performance features this
section provides information on how to use and understand the performance features in your developer tools, including waterfall, call tree, and flame charts.
Progressive web app structure - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
the folder structure looks like this: the html from the html point of view, the app shell is everything outside the content
section: <!doctype html> <html lang="en"> <head> <meta charset="utf-8"> <title>js13kgames a-frame entries</title> <meta name="description" content="a list of a-frame entries submitted to the js13kgames 2017 competition, used as an example for the mdn articles about progressive web apps."> <meta name="author" content="end3r"> <meta name="theme-color" content="#b12a34"> <meta name="viewport" content...
...you can <a href="https://github.com/mdn/pwa-examples/blob/master/js13kpwa">fork js13kpwa on github</a> to check its source code.</p> <button id="notifications">request dummy notifications</button> <
section id="content"> // content inserted in here </
section> </main> <footer> <p>© js13kgames 2012-2018, created and maintained by <a href="http://end3r.com">andrzej mazur</a> from <a href="http://enclavegames.com">enclave games</a>.</p> </footer> </body> </html> the <head>
section contains some basic info like title, description and links to css, web manifest, games content js file, and app.js —...
...this is our content, loaded into the content
section with javascript.
SVG documentation index - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
274 fills and strokes beginner, needlivesamples, svg, svg:tutorial there are several ways to color shapes (including specifying attributes on the object) using inline css, an embedded css
section, or an external css file.
...like gradients, the <pattern> element should be put in the <defs>
section of your svg file.
...the latter may be described in a later
section of the tutorial, while we will focus completely on the first part: bringing text into an svg image.
Fills and Strokes - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
« previousnext » there are several ways to color shapes (including specifying attributes on the object) using inline css, an embedded css
section, or an external css file.
... css can be inserted inline with the element via the style attribute: <rect x="10" height="180" y="10" width="180" style="stroke: black; fill: red;"/> or it can be moved to a special style
section that you include.
... instead of shoving such a
section into a <head>
section like you do in html, though, it's included in an area called <defs>.
Gradients in SVG - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
gradients are defined in a defs
section as opposed to on a shape itself to promote reusability.
...to insert one, you create a <lineargradient> node inside the definitions
section of your svg file.
...to create one you add a <radialgradient> element to the definitions
section of your document.
<xsl:output> - XSLT: Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations
syntax <xsl:output method="xml" | "html" | "text" version=string encoding=string omit-xml-declaration="yes" | "no" standalone="yes" | "no" doctype-public=string doctype-system=string cdata-
section-elements=list-of-names indent="yes" | "no" media-type=string /> required attributes none.
... cdata-
section-elements lists elements whose text contents should be written as cdata
sections.
... defined xslt,
section 16.
An Overview - XSLT: Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations
a fuller description of the parts of xpath most commonly used in xslt follows in the reference
section.
...for example, if the stylesheet is called inventory.xsl and resides in the same directory as the xml document, the processing instruction in the xml document would look like this: <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xml" href="inventory.xsl"?> this must be placed in the prolog
section of the xml document.
... to learn more about xslt and xpath, see the for further reading
section at the end of this article.
Communicating With Other Scripts - Archive of obsolete content
this
section of the guide explains how content scripts can communicate with: your main.js file, or any other modules in your add-on other content scripts loaded by your add-on page scripts (that is, scripts embedded in the web page or included using <script> tags) main.js your content scripts can communicate with your add-on's "main.js" (or any other modules you're written for your add-on) by sending it messages, using either the port.emit() api or the postmessage() api.
...see the
section below on using postmessage() before firefox 31.
Modules - Archive of obsolete content
in the final
section, we will take a look at some of the options passed by the sdk to the loader constructor to create the cuddlefish loader.
...lobal.exports; } among other things, this allows us to import loadscript to scripts being loaded, allowing them to load further scripts: // index.js: loadscript("www.foo.com/a.js", { loadscript: loadscript }).foo; => 5 // a.js: exports.foo = imports.loadscript("www.foo.com/b.js").bar; // b.js: exports.bar = 5; sandboxes and compartments the loadscript function as defined in the previous
section still has some serious shortcomings.
/loader - Archive of obsolete content
th an implementation or is written in an incompatible format such as jsm: let { loader } = require('toolkit/loader'); let loader = loader({ modules: { // require('net/utils') will get netutil.jsm 'net/utils': cu.import('resource:///modules/netutil.jsm', {}) } }); each loader instance comes with a set of built-in pseudo modules that are described in detail in the built-in modules
section.
...the
section below describes how to load the module.
cfx to jpm - Archive of obsolete content
for jpm installation instructions, see the installation
section in the jpm reference.
... instead of using --force-mobile, explicitly add fennec to engines
section of your package.json.
Appendix: What you should know about open-source software licenses - Archive of obsolete content
applying an oss license in this
section, i will explain practical details of applying a license when you are using oss source code, and participating in open-source projects.
...(matsumoto updated his free software license diagnostic for a special open-source
section in the january 2007 edition of softbank’s open source magazine.) if a company is considering releasing its own software as open source, it should consider dual-licensing or the cpl.
Handling Preferences - Archive of obsolete content
when your storage needs are more complicated than this, you'll need more advanced apis that will be discussed in a
section further ahead.
... preference listeners the xpcom way to add a listener was mentioned in the xpcom
section when describing the queryinterface method: this._prefservice.queryinterface(ci.nsiprefbranch2); this._prefservice.addobserver(prefname, this, false); this._prefservice.queryinterface(ci.nsiprefbranch); all the qi'ing is necessary because the addobserver method is in a different interface, and other than for adding and removing observers, we use the nsiprefbranch interface for everything rel...
Local Storage - Archive of obsolete content
we'll discuss logging in this
section, but first let's look at the right (or at least, common and scalable) way of managing local files.
...there's a
section about sqlite templates in the guide, but there are some concepts in it that will require you to read at least some of the rest of it.
The Box Model - Archive of obsolete content
most of the examples shown in the rest of this
section were generated using the xul box alignment example.
...the latter are recommended to keep style code in the skin
section of the chrome.
XML data - Archive of obsolete content
this is the 3rd
section of part ii of the css tutorial.
... previous
section: svg next
section: xbl binding information: xml data xml (extensible markup language) is a general-purpose language for any kind of structured data.
HostWindow - Archive of obsolete content
when not displayed the entire location bar
section is hidden.
... sidebar -
section of window area used to display ancillary web content, including web applications.
Space Manager Detailed Design - Archive of obsolete content
starting at the head of the list of bandrects, check for inter
section with the rect passed in: case #1: the rect is totally above the current band rect, so insert a new band rect before the current bandrect cases #2 and #7: the rect is partially above the band rect, so it is divided into two bandrects, one entirely above the band, and one containing the remainder of the rect.
... case #5: the rect is totally below the current bandrect, so just skip to the next band case #3 and #4: rect is at least partially inter
section with the bandrect, so divide the current band into two parts, where the top part is above the current rect.
Tamarin build documentation - Archive of obsolete content
to build tamarin: copy tamarin/platform/win32/armasm.rules to c:/program files/microsoft visual studio 9.0/vc/vcprojectdefaults build "builtin.h" following the instructions below in the
section "compiling and running applications" do the same for shell_toplevel.h, starting in avmplus/shell, using the command "python shell_toplevel.py" open the tamarin project file "platform/win32/avmplus2008.sln".
...to enable this go to eclipse preferences >> c/c++ >> indexer, then select 'use active build configuration' in the 'build configuration for the indexer'
section.
Treehydra Manual - Archive of obsolete content
esp uses a user-defined meet function supplied to the analysis constructor that should return the inter
section of two abstract values.
... it is also acceptable for meet to return a value that contains the inter
section--this may cause the analysis to have more false positives but will not introduce false negatives.
Binding Attachment and Detachment - Archive of obsolete content
if the binding needs to execute any initialization code following its attachment to an element, it can do so using a <constructor> block inside <implementation>
section.
... a binding can specify a <destructor> block within <implementation>
section that executes prior to the binding detachment.
A XUL Bestiary - Archive of obsolete content
the mozilla xparchitecture
section below describes xpcom, xpidl, and xpconnect, three somewhat related technologies for getting access to application code from the interface.
... this
section describes xul, xptoolkit, and xpfe, which are in some respects synonymous and in others quite different.
Introduction to XUL - Archive of obsolete content
there is no <head>
section of a xul file, so script is just mixed in with the other content, delimited by a script element in the html namespace.
... javascript is most safely kept in a separate file and included in the xul file <html:script language="javascript" src="our.js"/> or relegated to the contents of a cdata
section, to prevent the xml parser from choking on javascript which may look like xml content (a < character, for instance.) <html:script type="application/javascript"> <![cdata[ function lesser(a,b) { return a < b ?
RDF Modifications - Archive of obsolete content
we'll find out how the builder determines where to insert the new content is an upcoming
section.
...since the bindings
section of a rule specifies predicates that may optionally have values, the addition or removal or this rdf data would never be able to add or remove a new result.
Creating toolbar buttons (Customize Toolbar Window) - Archive of obsolete content
if you're unfamiliar with how that works, read the skinning
section of jonah bishop's excellent toolbar tutorial.
...extensions for firefox/thunderbird 1.5 and above should instead use something like this in their chrome.manifest: skin myextension classic/1.0 chrome/skin/ style chrome://global/content/customizetoolbar.xul chrome://myextension/skin/toolbar-button.css ia take note of the packaging
section in this article; you may need to include .jar references if you are delivering your extension as an .xpi file.
Adding Methods to XBL-defined Elements - Archive of obsolete content
you can also use a cdata
section to escape the entire block of code.
...here are some examples: <constructor> if (this.childnodes[0].getattribute("open") == "true"){ this.loadchildren(); } </constructor> <destructor action="savemyself(this);"/> the next
section shows how to add event handlers to xbl-defined elements.
Groupboxes - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » this
section describes a way to include elements into groups groupboxes the groupbox element is used to group related xul elements together, much like the html fieldset element is used to group html elements.
...we'll add a groupbox to the find files dialog in the next
section.
Input Controls - Archive of obsolete content
<label value="search for:" control="find-text"/> <textbox id="find-text"/> <button id="find-button" label="find"/> add these lines before the buttons we created in the last
section.
...seamonkey or waterfox and remote-xul-manager from https://github.com/jvillalobos/remote-xul-manager find files example so far : source view in the next
section, we will look at some elements for entering and selecting numbers.
Keyboard Shortcuts - Archive of obsolete content
we've already seen in the
section on menus that we can define an attribute called accesskey which specifies the key which a user can press to activate the menu or menu item.
...the keycode property holds the key code and may be compared to one of the constants from the key table earlier in this
section.
List Controls - Archive of obsolete content
this attribute will be described in a later
section, but here it allows the column to fill all of the remaining space horizontally.
... in the next
section, we'll learn about creating progress meters.
Progress Meters - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we'll look at creating progress meters.
...source view in the next
section, we will learn how to add additional elements to the window using html.
Skinning XUL Files by Hand - Archive of obsolete content
button.plain { border: 0px !important; } the global skin, in which styles for these several button classes and dozens of other elements are defined, is described in the following
section.
...in the next few
sections, you will be importing this style information into a custom stylesheet and extending it with new style rules for your xul.
Splitters - Archive of obsolete content
splitting a box there may be times when you want to have two
sections of a window where the user can resize the
sections.
...it creates a skinny bar between two
sections which allows these
sections to be resized.
The Chrome URL - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » the following
section will describe how to refer to xul documents and other chrome files.
...in the next
section, we will look at how to create .manifest files and packages.
Trees and Templates - Archive of obsolete content
the following example uses the history datasource: <tree datasources="rdf:history" ref="nc:historybydate" flags="dont-build-content"> as described in the previous
section, the tree may use a tree builder for template generation instead of the normal content builder.
...the following example shows a sample column: <treecol id="date" label="date" flex="1" persist="width ordinal hidden sortactive sortdirection" sort="rdf:http://home.netscape.com/web-rdf#lastmodifieddate"/> more details about the persist attribute will be described in the later
section.
XBL Attribute Inheritance - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section we'll see how attributes can be inherited.
...if you need to map an attribute to the text content of the node, use "xbl:text" as the inner attribute, eg: <xul:description xbl:inherits="xbl:text=value"/> in the next
section, we look at adding properties, methods and events to a binding.
XBL Inheritance - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we'll look at how to extend existing xbl definitions.
...(you can also use the value addrbook to look up addresses in the address book.) firefox uses a different autocomplete mechanism than the mozilla suite, see xul:textbox (firefox autocomplete) in the next
section, we'll see an example xbl-defined widget.
XPCOM Examples - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » this
section provides some examples of using xpcom along with some additional interfaces.
... window management this example contains rdf datasource that will be seen in the later
section.
XPCOM Interfaces - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » in this
section, we'll take a brief look at xpcom (cross-platform component object model), which is the object system that mozilla uses.
...after learning this
section, you can search suitable interfaces using xulplanet xpcom reference about xpcom mozilla is constructed from a collection of components, each of which performs a certain task.
description - Archive of obsolete content
attributes crop, disabled, tabindex value properties accessibletype, crop, disabled, tabindex, value style classes header, indent, monospace, plain, small-margin examples this is a long
section of text that will word wrap when displayed <description> this is a long
section of text that will word wrap when displayed.
... </description> this is a long
section of text that will not word wrap <description value="this is a long
section of text that will not word wrap"> </description> this is a long
section of dynamically controlled text that will word wrap <description id="desc" style="width: 300px"></description> document.getelementbyid('desc').textcontent = "this is a long
section of dynamic message text that will word wrap"; attributes crop type: one of the values below if the label of the element is too big to fit in its given space, the text will be cropped on the side specified by the crop attribute.
Deploying XULRunner - Archive of obsolete content
registration and app installation are performed with command line switches as outlined in the xulrunner
section of article command line options.
...in the end, most users are afraid of links that don't have a pretty icon so you may want to have a look at the branding
section of xulrunner tips.
Gecko Compatibility Handbook - Archive of obsolete content
(related article) problem: site has problems in all gecko-based browsers if you are still seeing problems, take a look at the troubleshooting
section of this handbook.
... upgrade to the most recent version of hiermenu common coding and server problems this
section details solutions to the most common problems affecting standards-based browsers as well as issues that may specifically affect gecko browsers.
Introduction to SSL - Archive of obsolete content
fortezza ciphers for ssl use the key exchange algorithm (kea) instead of the rsa key-exchange algorithm mentioned in the preceding
section, and use fortezza cards and dsa for client authentication.
... the
sections that follow provide more details on server authentication and client authentication.
References - Archive of obsolete content
<- previous
section: summary of changes you can learn more on using web standards from these sites (listed in no particular order): what are web standards and why should i use them?
... <- previous
section: summary of changes ...
VBArray - Archive of obsolete content
both of these parts go into the <head>
section of an html page.
... the third part is the javascript code that goes in the <body>
section to run the other two parts.
LiveConnect Overview - Archive of obsolete content
these conversions are described in the following
sections: javascript to java conversions java to javascript conversions javascript to java conversions when you call a java method and pass it parameters from javascript, the data types of the parameters you pass in are converted according to the rules described in the following
sections: number values boolean values string values undefined values null values javaarray and javaobject objects ...
...the rules for converting these return values are also described in these
sections.
RDF in Mozilla FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
you may use any kind of tag (including html, or arbitrary xml) in the <action>
section of a <rule>.
... contributors examples
section added 2002-07-02 by danbri thanks to myk melez for notes on remote xul / security policy author: chris waterson original document information author(s): chris waterson last updated date: december 22, 2004 copyright information: copyright (c) chris waterson ...
Anatomy of a video game - Game development
modern javascript — as described in the next
sections — thankfully makes it easy to develop an efficient, execute-once-per-frame main loop.
...the above
sections describe main loops which try not to wrestle away control from the browser.
Audio for Web games - Game development
to see this in action, let's lay out some separate tracks: <
section id="tracks"> <ul> <li data-loading="true"> <a href="leadguitar.mp3" class="track">lead guitar</a> <p class="loading-text">loading...</p> <button data-playing="false" aria-decribedby="guitar-play-label"> <span id="guitar-play-label">play</span> </button> </li> <li data-loading="true"> <a href="bassguitar.mp3" class="track">bass guitar</a> <...
... </button> </li> <li data-loading="true"> <a href="clav.mp3" class="track">clavi</a> <p class="loading-text">loading...</p> <button data-playing="false" aria-describedby="clavi-play-label"> <span id="clavi-play-label">play</span> </button> </li> </ul> <p class="sourced">all tracks sourced from <a href="http://jplayer.org/">jplayer.org</a></p> </
section> all of these tracks are the same tempo and are designed to be synchronized with each other, so we need to make sure they are loaded and available to the api before we are able to play them.
Normative - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
normative is a word commonly used in software specifications to denote
sections that are standardized and must be followed as a rule.
... specifications might also contain
sections that are marked as non-normative or informative, which means those are provided there for the purpose of helping the reader understand the specifications better or to showcase an example or best practice, which need not be followed as a rule.
Semantics - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
less divs with or without semantic or namespaced classes suggests to the developer the type of data that will be populated semantic naming mirrors proper custom element/component naming when approaching which markup to use, ask yourself, "what element(s) best describe/represent the data that i'm going to populate?" for example, is it a list of data?; ordered, unordered?; is it an article with
sections and an aside of related information?; does it list out definitions?; is it a figure or image that needs a caption?; should it have a header and a footer in addition to the global site-wide header and footer?; etc.
... semantic elements these are some of the roughly 100 semantic elements available: <article> <aside> <details> <figcaption> <figure> <footer> <header> <main> <mark> <nav> <
section> <summary> <time> learn more html element reference on mdn using html
sections and outlines on mdn the meaning of semantics in computer science on wikipedia ...
Test your skills: Overflow - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: Selectors - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: sizing - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: tables - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: Flexbox - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Floats - Learn web development
at the bottom of the
section, you can see a live example of what the final code should look like.
... remove the clearfix css you added in the last
section, and instead add overflow: auto to the rules for wrapper.
Test your skills: floats - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: Grid Layout - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: Multicol - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: position - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Responsive design - Learn web development
.col { width: 6.25%; /* 60 / 960 = 0.0625 */ } this approach will be found in many places across the web today, and it is documented here in the layout
section of our legacy layout methods article.
... you can find a detailed guide to responsive images in the learn html
section here on mdn.
CSS FAQ - Learn web development
body * { font-weight: normal; } #stockticker { font: 12px verdana; } .corpname { font-weight: bold; } .stockup { color: red; } <div id="
section"> nys: <span class="corpname"><span class="stockup">ge</span></span> +1.0 ...
... note: for more information, see our positioning learning article, and in particular the introducing z-index
section.
Fundamental text and font styling - Learn web development
you can't select and style sub
sections of text unless you wrap them in an appropriate element (such as a <span> or <strong>), or use a text-specific pseudo-element like ::first-letter (selects the first letter of an element's text), ::first-line (selects the first line of an element's text), or ::selection (selects the text currently highlighted by the cursor.) fonts let's move straight on to look at properties for styling fonts.
... you've reached the end of this article, and already did some skill testing in our active learning
section, but can you remember the most important information going forward?
Styling links - Learn web development
so that's it — try revisiting the active learning
section above and trying this new technique out!
... you've reached the end of this article, and already did some skill testing in our active learning
sections, but can you remember the most important information going forward?
Sending form data - Learn web development
let's look at an example — this is the same form we looked at in the get
section above, but with the method attribute set to post.
...render_template('greeting.html', say=request.form['say'], to=request.form['to']) if __name__ == "__main__": app.run() the two templates referenced in the above code are as follows (these need to be in a subdirectory called templates in the same directory as the python-example.py file, if you try to run the example yourself): form.html: the same form as we saw above in the the post method
section but with the action set to {{ url_for('hello') }}.
UI pseudo-classes - Learn web development
we'll discuss these in more detail in the
sections below, but briefly, the main ones we'll be looking at are: :required and :optional: targets required or optional form controls.
... in the next
section, we'll look at a better example of indicating required fields using :required, which also digs into using generated content.
Web forms — Working with user data - Learn web development
therefore, before you look at the other
sections listed below we'd recommend that you go away and learn some css and javascript first.
... the different form controls basic native form controls we start off this
section by looking at the functionality of the the original html <input> types in detail, looking at what options are available to collect different types of data.
Test your skills: Links - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: HTML images - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
From object to iframe — other embedding technologies - Learn web development
active learning: classic embedding uses in this article we are going to jump straight into an active learning
section, to immediately give you a real idea of just what embedding technologies are useful for.
...ie 10 and above) requests heightened security settings; we'll say more about this in the next
section.
Responsive images - Learn web development
in this
section, we'll look at the two problems illustrated above and show how to solve them using html's responsive image features.
... you should note that we will be focusing on the html <img>s for this
section, as seen in the content area of the example above — the image in the site header is only for decoration, and therefore implemented using css background images.
Video and audio content - Learn web development
the codecs described in the previous
section exist to compress video and audio into manageable files, since raw audio and video are both exceedingly large.
... other than this, <audio> supports all the same features as <video> — review the above
sections for more information about them.
Build your own function - Learn web development
the first line uses a dom api function called document.queryselector() to select the <html> element and store a reference to it in a constant called html, so we can do things to it later on: const html = document.queryselector('html'); the next
section uses another dom api function called document.createelement() to create a <div> element and store a reference to it in a constant called panel.
... const panel = document.createelement('div'); panel.setattribute('class', 'msgbox'); html.appendchild(panel); the next two
sections make use of the same createelement() and appendchild() functions we've already seen to create two new elements — a <p> and a <button> — and insert them in the page as children of the panel <div>.
Test your skills: Events - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: Functions - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: Loops - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Introduction to web APIs - Learn web development
apis that fetch data from the server to update small
sections of a webpage on their own are very commonly used.
...the handler properties that allow us to run functions when events fire are generally listed in our reference material in separate "event handlers"
sections.
A first splash into JavaScript - Learn web development
script> element: let randomnumber = math.floor(math.random() * 100) + 1; const guesses = document.queryselector('.guesses'); const lastresult = document.queryselector('.lastresult'); const loworhi = document.queryselector('.loworhi'); const guesssubmit = document.queryselector('.guesssubmit'); const guessfield = document.queryselector('.guessfield'); let guesscount = 1; let resetbutton; this
section of the code sets up the variables and constants we need to store the data our program will use.
...let's go through each
section and explain what it does.
Basic math in JavaScript — numbers and operators - Learn web development
for example: let num1 = 10; let num2 = 50; 9 * num1; num1 ** 3; num2 / num1; last for this
section, try entering some more complex expressions, such as: 5 + 10 * 3; num2 % 9 * num1; num2 + num1 / 8 + 2; some of this last set of calculations might not give you quite the result you were expecting; the
section below might well give the answer as to why.
... note: if you do enjoy math and want to read more about how it is implemented in javascript, you can find a lot more detail in mdn's main javascript
section.
Test your skills: Arrays - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: Math - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: Strings - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
Test your skills: variables - Learn web development
if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
...you can write the code yourself, or use the starting point files linked to in the above
sections.
What is JavaScript? - Learn web development
you will learn ways around this later in the article, in the script loading strategies
section.
... this demo has exactly the same functionality as in the previous two
sections, except that the <button> element includes an inline onclick handler to make the function run when the button is pressed.
Adding features to our bouncing balls demo - Learn web development
note: if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help
section at the bottom of this page.
... the following screenshot gives you an idea of what the finished program should look like: to give you more of an idea, have a look at the finished example (no peeking at the source code!) steps to complete the following
sections describe what you need to do.
Command line crash course - Learn web development
in this
section, we’ll look at how to get access to the terminal on your chosen system.
... in the next
section let’s step it up a notch (or several notches in fact) and see how we can connect tools together on the command line to really see how the terminal can be advantageous over the regular desktop user interface.
Gecko info for Windows accessibility vendors
see the
section intentional differences with ie role_cell html: <td> dhtml: role="wairole:gridcell" sets state_readonly in normal table.
... hresult get_nodeinfo( /* [out] */ bstr *nodename, // for elements, this is the tag name /* [out] */ short *namespaceid, /* [out] */ bstr *nodevalue, /* [out] */ unsigned int *numchildren, /* [out] */ unsigned int *uniqueid, // see description of unique id's in above
section on events /* [out] */ unsigned short *nodetype); the get_attributes method returns the set of attribute, value pairs for a given node, as well as the namespace id for each attribute.
Information for Governments and Other Organizations Evaluating Mozilla
mozilla's
section 508 compliance
section 508 is a set of accessibility requirements that help us federal agencies decide what software applications they can use.
...these guidelines go much further than
section 508 does and mozilla is further from doing a good job at satisfying them.
Creating Sandboxed HTTP Connections
since nsistreamlistener does not cover cookies, the current channel being used will need to be stored as a global, since another listener will be used for cookie notifications (covered in the next
section).
...since the channel that causes the notification is passed in as the first argument, comparing it to the globally stored channel (gchannel) in the previous
section (which also gets updated each time a redirect happens).
HTTP logging
go to the "logging
section" adjust the location of the log file if you don't like the default adjust the list of modules that you want to log: this list has the exact same format as the moz_log environment variable (see below).
... linux this
section offers information on how to capture http logs for firefox running on linux.
How Mozilla's build system works
in this
section, we'll talk about how moz.build files actually work.
...if you insist on knowing more, this
section is for you.
The Firefox codebase: CSS Guidelines
the overriding css
section contains more information about this.
... if you are not using windows, one way to test against those adjustments on other platforms is: going to about:preferences clicking on the "colors..." button in the "fonts & colors" sub-
section of the "language and appearance"
section under "override the colors specified by the page with your selections above", select the "always" option chrome area the automatic adjustments previously mentioned only apply to pages rendered in the content area.
Displaying Places information using views
e(historyresultnode); to select a row in the tree whose node has a specific uri: var treeview = document.getelementbyid("myplacestreeview"); treeview.selectplaceuri("some place uri"); to select a row in the tree that contains a specific nsinavhistoryresultnode: var treeview = document.getelementbyid("myplacestreeview"); treeview.selectnode(somehistoryresultnode); placestreeview note: this
section describes the implementation of the places tree view.
...title" flex="1" primary="true" /> <splitter class="tree-splitter" /> <treecol anonid="fulluri" label="fulluri" flex="1" /> <splitter class="tree-splitter" /> <treecol id="indexinparent" label="indexinparent" /> <splitter class="tree-splitter" /> <treecol id="parity" label="parity" /> </treecols> <treechildren /> </tree> the full code listing is available in the files
section of the page below.
Embedding the editor
this
section describes its major faults.
... steps to embedding this
section attempts to lay out an implementation plan, with the aim of keeping everything working as the various steps are taken.
Gecko Keypress Event
there are also some differences between the platforms, as described in the following
sections.
... alternative charcodes for internal key handling this
section documents only gecko internal keypress event handling, so web application developers can ignore this
section.
Index
30 mozilla content localized in your language localization this
section of the style guide is for you to author.
...you are free to add, edit, remove, and localize everything in this
section according to how the localization team for your language agrees.
Mozilla Content Localized in Your Language
this
section of the style guide is for you to author.
...you are free to add, edit, remove, and localize everything in this
section according to how the localization team for your language agrees.
Localization and Plurals
you may also need to localize the initial strings for your code, so it would be good to read through at least the usage
section as well.
... list of plural rules this
section contains a list of plural rules ordered by their plural rule number.
Localizing with Mercurial
here's how to create a l10n patch with hg and the mq extension: enable mq by adding hg.ext = to your mercurial config file (~/.hgrc on unix-like systems or mercurial.ini on windows) under the [extensions]
section.
...to do this, update your locale, as per the
section above.
Localizing without a specialized tool
$ hg clone http://bitbucket.org/mozillal10n/x-testing if there is an hg.mozilla.org repository with localization files, you can pull from it too: $ hg clone http://hg.mozilla.org/releases/l10n-mozilla-1.9.2/x-testing eventually, you should end up with a folder hierarchy described above in the folder structure
section.
...refer to the building and testing
section of the create a new localization page.
QA phase
feel free to skip ahead to the next
section by clicking on the next link at the bottom of the page.
...if you're using one of these tools, feel free to skip ahead to the seeing your work
section.
Profiling with the Firefox Profiler
tip: focus on one
section of the tree by clicking on the "arrow-in-a-circle" icon that appears to the right of the tree element as you hover over it.
...for example, on b2g, when profiling the homescreen app, you might start the profiler with: ./profile.sh start -p b2g -t compositor && ./profile.sh start -p homescreen having gotten a profile this way, the layer tree for a composite can be seen by clicking on a composite in the "frames"
section of cleopatra (you may need to a sub-range of samples to make individual composites large enough to be clicked).
NSPR Poll Method
to remain compatible with this potential semantic change, nspr clients should only use *out_flags as described in the how to use the poll method
section below.
...therefore, nspr clients should only use the return value as described in how to use the poll method
section below.) if the poll method stores zero in *out_flags, the return value will be the bottom layer's desires with respect to the in_flags.
Dynamic Library Linking
this
section describes nspr's programming interface to load, unload and resolve symbols in dynamic libraries.
... this
section summarizes these platform idiosyncrasies.
I/O Functions
ket pr_connect pr_connectcontinue pr_accept pr_bind pr_listen pr_shutdown pr_recv pr_send pr_recvfrom pr_sendto pr_transmitfile pr_acceptread pr_getsockname pr_getpeername pr_getsocketoption pr_setsocketoption converting between host and network addresses pr_ntohs pr_ntohl pr_htons pr_htonl pr_familyinet memory-mapped i/o functions the memory-mapped i/o functions allow
sections of a file to be mapped to memory regions, allowing read-write accesses to the file to be accomplished by normal memory accesses.
... pr_createfilemap pr_memmap pr_memunmap pr_closefilemap anonymous pipe function pr_createpipe polling functions this
section describes two of the most important polling functions provided by nspr: pr_poll pr_getconnectstatus pollable events a pollable event is a special kind of file descriptor.
NSS FAQ
this
section is out of date iplanet e-commerce solutions has certified nss 3.1 on 18 platforms, including aix 4.3, hp-ux 11.0, red hat linux 6.0, solaris (2.6 or later), windows nt (4.0 or later), and windows 2000.
... this
section is out of date yes; see build instructions for nss 3.1.
Getting Started With NSS
(this
section is still under construction, but there are many contribution opportunities) start by opening a bugzilla account at bugzilla.mozilla.org if you don't have one.
... creating your patch seee our
section on nss sources, building, and testing to get started making your patch.
NSS_3.11.10_release_notes.html
the bug fixes in nss 3.11.10 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
... see the documentation
section for the build instructions.
NSS_3.12.1_release_notes.html
the bug fixes in nss 3.12.1 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
... see the documentation
section for the build instructions.
NSS_3.12.2_release_notes.html
the bug fixes in nss 3.12.2 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
... see the documentation
section for the build instructions.
NSS 3.12.4 release notes
the bug fixes in nss 3.12.4 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
...you can check out the source from cvs by cvs co -r nspr_4_8_rtm nspr cvs co -r nss_3_12_4_rtm nss see the documentation
section for the build instructions.
NSS 3.12.5 release_notes
the bug fixes in nss 3.12.5 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
... you can check out the source from cvs by cvs co -r nspr_4_8_rtm nspr cvs co -r nss_3_12_5_rtm nss see the documentation
section for the build instructions.
NSS 3.12.6 release notes
the bug fixes in nss 3.12.6 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
... see the documentation
section for the build instructions.
NSS 3.12.9 release notes
the bug fixes in nss 3.12.9 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
... see the documentation
section for the build instructions.
NSS 3.14 release notes
new in nss 3.14 the
sections that follow discuss specific changes in nss 3.14 in more detail.
...see the "changes"
section below.
NSS 3.16.2 release notes
the bug fixes in nss 3.16.2 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
... on linux, nss is built with the -ffunction-
sections -fdata-
sections compiler flags and the --gc-
sections linker flag to allow unused functions to be discarded.
NSS 3.35 release notes
experimental apis and functionality the functionality and the apis listed in this
section are experimental.
...this
section might be incomplete.
NSS Sample Code sample2
ivitem.data = giv; ivitem.len = sizeof(giv); secparam = pk11_paramfromiv(ciphermech, &ivitem); if (secparam == null) { fprintf(stderr, "failure to set up pkcs11 param (err %d)\n", pr_geterror()); goto out; } /* sample data we'll encrypt and decrypt */ strcpy(data, "encrypt me!"); fprintf(stderr, "clear data: %s\n", data); /* ========================= start
section ============================= */ /* if using the the same key and iv over and over, stuff before this */ /*
section and after this
section needs to be done only once */ /* encrypt data into buf1.
...uf2), buf1, result_len); rv2 = pk11_digestfinal(enccontext, buf2+tmp1_outlen, &tmp2_outlen, result_len-tmp1_outlen); pk11_destroycontext(enccontext, pr_true); result_len = tmp1_outlen + tmp2_outlen; if (rv1 != secsuccess || rv2 != secsuccess) goto out; fprintf(stderr, "decrypted data: %s\n", buf2); /* =========================== end
section ============================= */ out: if (symkey) pk11_freesymkey(symkey); if (secparam) secitem_freeitem(secparam, pr_true); } ...
NSS tools : certutil
subject alternative name extensions are described in
section 4.2.1.7 of rfc 3280.
...subject alternative name extensions are described in
section 4.2.1.7 of rfc 3280.
NSS tools : modutil
this is covered in the jar installation file
section in the man page, which details the special script needed to perform an installation through a server or with modutil.
...the jar install script is described in more detail in [1]the
section called “jar installation file format”.
gtstd.html
the following
sections decribe how to the certificate database tool to perform these tasks: setting up the ca db and certificate setting up the server db and certificate setting up the client db and certificate verifying the server and client certificates warning: the instructions below illustrate the use of nss command line tools to operate a simple root certificate authority for test purposes only.
... setting up the server db and certificate the
sections that follow describe how to set up the server db and certificate: create a new certificate database in the server_db directory.
NSS_3.12.3_release_notes.html
the bug fixes in nss 3.12.3 are described in the "bugs fixed"
section below.
... see the documentation
section for the build instructions.
certutil
subject alternative name extensions are described in
section 4.2.1.7 of rfc 3280.
...subject alternative name extensions are described in
section 4.2.1.7 of rfc 3280.
NSS tools : modutil
this is covered in the jar installation file
section in the man page, which details the special script needed to perform an installation through a server or with modutil.
...the jar install script is described in more detail in [1]the
section called “jar installation file format”.
Index
it is separated in 2 parts, one
section related to debugging and another
section related to drafting optimizations.
...the part parameter must be either jsexec_prolog to execute the script prolog or jsexec_main to execute the main
section of the script.
Property cache
entry->vword is described in the
section entry value words below.
...furthermore, the .vword field describes the property in detail, as described in the next
section.
Parser API
e4x this
section describes node types that are provided for e4x support.
...builder objects may contain any of the callback methods described in this
section.
WebReplayRoadmap
this
section describes some analyses that could be performed and be helpful for developers who are either debugging a problem, or trying to understand or improve a complex code base.
... platform improvements this
section describes improvements to web replay's underlying platform which could make it more broadly useful for developers.
Gecko Roles
the edit control is divided into
sections for the different parts of the ip address.
... role_
section a container of document content.
Implementation Details
at-spi events refer to specific pages to get information of supported events for interested at api: gecko msaa ia2 at-spi implementation features this
section highlights special features of at apis implementation by gecko.
...please refer to pages below for interesting at api: msaa ia2 at-spi differences with other applications this
section provides information about implementation differences between gecko based applications and other applications.
XUL Accessibility
at api general rules this
section holds some rules applied to generating accessible name and description.
...s appended otherwise append tooltiptext attribute append the accessible value searching specific element in neighbour of the element search inside the element subtree go up through parents (max level is 5) and search inside theirs subtrees if the element is anonymous then search in whole anonymous subtree, here the attribute anonid is used instead of id attribute accessible properties this
section describes common rules how accessibility properties are formed for xul elements.
Creating the Component Code
applications typically use regxpcom, described in the next
section.
... overview of the weblock module source as we mentioned in the previous
section, components have layers.
nsIAccessibleRole
the edit control is divided into
sections for the different parts of the ip address.
... role_
section 107 a container of document content.
nsIAppShell
runinstablestate() allows running of a "synchronous
section", in the form of an nsirunnable once the event loop has reached a "stable state".
... a stable state is reached when the currently executing task/event has finished, (see: webappapis.html#synchronous-
section).
nsIDOMParser
to create a domparser when the constructor is not available (e.g., from a js xpcom component, a js module, or an xpcshell test), use: var parser = components.classes["@mozilla.org/xmlextras/domparser;1"] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsidomparser); // optionally, call parser.init(principal, documenturi, baseuri); principals, document and base uri note: this
section covers changes introduced to domparser in gecko 1.9.
... (this
section is only relevant to firefox extensions--not to web content.) to create a document, the parser needs to specify a principal (see security check basics), a base uri (see document.baseuriobject), and a documenturi.
nsIEditor
this helps to support cases where only parts of the document are editable, by letting you see if the current selection is in an editable
section.
... aroot the root of the editable
section of this document; if it's null, the editor gets its root from document.body.
nsIFileView
note: a quirk of the nsifileview is that it requires an appropriate treecols
section in the tree tag, by default fileview will return the file size in the column.
...> <?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css" ?> <window id="test" title="test" width="640" height="480" xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> <tree flex="1" id="ftree"> <treecols> <-- the default column type is size unless an appropriate id is passed, nsifileview relies on the treecols
section --> <treecol id="filenamecolumn" label="name" flex="1" primary="true"/> <treecol id="lastmodifiedcolumn" label="date" flex="1"/> <treecol id="size" label="size" flex="1"/> </treecols> <treechildren/> </tree> <script> var dir="/home/"; //the directory to be opened var ftree = document.getelementbyid("ftree"); //the xul tree element var lfile = components.classes["@moz...
nsIWebContentHandlerRegistrar
cu.import('resource://gre/modules/services.jsm'); var nsiwchr = cc["@mozilla.org/embeddor.implemented/web-content-handler-registrar;1"] .getservice(ci.nsiwebcontenthandlerregistrar); var htmlcontentwindow = undefined; var registeruri = 'http://mail.live.com/secure/start?action=compose&to=%s'; var myurihostname = services.io.newuri(registeruri, null, null).host; // this
section here is long and daunting, but its just finding a suitable contentwindow var domwindows = services.wm.getenumerator(null); while (domwindows.hasmoreelements()) { var adomwindow = domwindows.getnext(); if (adomwindow.gbrowser) { if (adomwindow.gbrowser.tabcontainer) { //adomwindow has tabs var tabs = adomwindow.gbrowser.tabcontainer.childnodes; f...
... if (adomwindow.gbrowser.contentwindow.location.hostname == myurihostname) { htmlcontentwindow = adomwindow.contentwindow; break; } } } else { //adomwindow is a popup window if (adomwindow.location.hostname == myurihostname) { htmlcontentwindow = adomwindow; break; } } } // this
section here is long and daunting, but its just finding a suitable contentwindow if (!htmlcontentwindow) { throw new error('no suitable content window found, will not reigsterprotocolhandler.
Using nsIDirectoryService
header files containing known keys are listed in the known locations
section of this document.
...c++ nscomptr<nsifile> dir; ns_getspecialdirectory(prop, getter_addrefs(dir)); if (!dir) return ns_error_failure; javascript: var file = components.classes["@mozilla.org/file/directory_service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiproperties) .get("profd", components.interfaces.nsifile); (the example is taken from the code snippets
section of this site.) adding a location: there are currently two ways to add a file location to the directory service: directly and delayed.
Using the clipboard
this
section provides information about cutting, copying, and pasting to and from the clipboard.
... the first steps are similar to that used for copying: var trans = transferable(); trans.adddataflavor("text/unicode"); recall that transferable() is a function from the boilerplate in the previous
section.
Building a Thunderbird extension 5: XUL
in the next
section you will learn how to use javascript to modify your label so that it shows the current date.
... the overlay.js file will be created in a later
section and your add-on will still work if the file is missing.
WebIDL bindings
here's a table, see the specific
sections below for more details and explanations.
...see the indexed getter implementation
section for more information on building this kind of structure.
Mozilla
the original navigator code base had large
sections that were shared across multiple platforms.
...other work made possible by js-ctypes is jni, this is elaborated on in the jni.jsm
section and not the js-ctypes
section due to the jsm abstracting away all of the js-ctypes.
Gecko Plugin API Reference - Plugins
for an overview of how these two sides of the plug-in api interact, see the how plug-ins work and overview of plug-in structure
sections in the introduction.
...for an overview of how these two sides of the plug-in api interact, see the how plug-ins work and overview of plug-in structure
sections in the introduction.
Dominators view - Firefox Developer Tools
if you already know what shallow size, retained size, and dominators are, skip to the dominators ui
section.
...see the relevant
section of the dominators concepts article.
Flame Chart - Firefox Developer Tools
here's a screenshot showing the flame chart for a
section of a profile: first of all, you'll see that, in the recording overview pane, we've selected a small slice of the recording to view in the flame chart.
..., looked like this: sortall() // 8 -> sort() // 37 -> bubblesort() // 1345 -> swap() // 252 -> selectionsort() // 190 -> swap() // 1 -> quicksort() // 103 -> partition() // 12 first, we'll just select the whole
section in which the program was active: at the top, colored purple, is the sortall() call, running throughout the program from start to finish.
Taking screenshots - Firefox Developer Tools
to enable it: visit the settings page find the
section labeled "available toolbox buttons" check the box labeled "take a screenshot of the entire page".
...small portions of this
section have been borrowed from his firefox’s :screenshot command article.
AesGcmParams - Web APIs
for details of how to supply appropriate values for this parameter, see the specification for aes-gcm: nist sp800-38d, in particular
section 5.2.1.1 on input data.
...
section 8.2 of the specification outlines methods for constructing ivs.
Applying styles and colors - Web APIs
y start and final endpoints of a path are affected: if a path is closed with closepath(), there's no start and final endpoint; instead, all endpoints in the path are connected to their attached previous and next segment using the current setting of the linejoin style, whose default value is miter, with the effect of automatically extending the outer borders of the connected segments to their inter
section point, so that the rendered stroke will exactly cover full pixels centered at each endpoint if those connected segments are horizontal and/or vertical).
... see the next two
sections for demonstrations of these additional line styles.
Drawing shapes with canvas - Web APIs
unlike the path functions we'll see in the next
section, all three rectangle functions draw immediately to the canvas.
... note: to learn more about the arc() function, see the arcs
section below.
Transformations - Web APIs
the current clipping path, which we'll see in the next
section.
... so far this is pretty similar to what we've done in previous
sections.
DataTransfer - Web APIs
gecko properties note: all of the properties in this
section are gecko-specific.
... gecko methods note: all of the methods in this
section are gecko-specific.
Fullscreen API - Web APIs
see the browser compatibility
section below for details on support for this api.
...these are listed in the following
sections.
HTMLDetailsElement: toggle event - Web APIs
html <aside id="log"> <b>open chapters:</b> <div data-id="ch1" hidden>i</div> <div data-id="ch2" hidden>ii</div> <div data-id="ch3" hidden>iii</div> </aside> <
section id="summaries"> <b>chapter summaries:</b> <details id="ch1"> <summary>chapter i</summary> philosophy reproves boethius for the foolishness of his complaints against fortune.
... </details> </
section> css body { display: flex; flex-direction: row-reverse; } #log { flex-shrink: 0; padding-left: 3em; } #summaries { flex-grow: 1; } javascript function logitem(e) { const item = document.queryselector(`[data-id=${e.target.id}]`); item.toggleattribute('hidden'); } const chapters = document.queryselectorall('details'); chapters.foreach((chapter) => { chapter.addeventlistener('...
HTMLTableElement - Web APIs
htmltableelement.thead is a htmltable
sectionelement representing the first <thead> that is a child of the element, or null if none is found.
... htmltableelement.tfoot is a htmltable
sectionelement representing the first <tfoot> that is a child of the element, or null if none is found.
HTMLTableRowElement - Web APIs
htmltablerowelement.
sectionrowindex read only returns a long value which gives the logical position of the row within the table
section it belongs to.
... if the row is not part of a
section, returns -1.
Checking when a deadline is due - Web APIs
duplicate items not allowed.</li>'; }; // create an object store on the transaction var objectstore = transaction.objectstore("todolist"); // add our newitem object to the object store var request = objectstore.add(newitem[0]); in this
section we create an object called newitem that stores the data in the format required to insert it into the database.
... request.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>new item added to database.</li>'; title.value = ''; hours.value = null; minutes.value = null; day.value = 01; month.value = 'january'; year.value = 2020; }; } this next
section creates a log message to say the new item addition is successful, and resets the form so it's ready for the next task to be entered.
Using IndexedDB - Web APIs
to learn how this is done, see the
section on using an index.
...if you're trying to modify an existing entry, or you don't care if one exists already, you can use the put() function, as shown below in the updating an entry in the database
section.
Keyboard API - Web APIs
a list of valid code values is found in the writing system keys
section of the ui events keyboardevent code values spec.
... “writing system keys” are defined in the writing system keys
section of the ui events keyboardevent code values spec as the physical keys that change meaning based on the current locale and keyboard layout.
Using the MediaStream Recording API - Web APIs
if you are not interested in css and want to get straight to the javascript, skip to the basic app setup
section.
... we'll declare some variables for the record and stop buttons, and the <article> that will contain the generated audio players: const record = document.queryselector('.record'); const stop = document.queryselector('.stop'); const soundclips = document.queryselector('.sound-clips'); finally for this
section, we set up the basic getusermedia structure: if (navigator.mediadevices && navigator.mediadevices.getusermedia) { console.log('getusermedia supported.'); navigator.mediadevices.getusermedia ( // constraints - only audio needed for this app { audio: true }) // success callback .then(function(stream) { }) // error callback .catch(f...
Microdata DOM API - Web APIs
l'); for (var name = 0; name < items[item].properties.names.length; name += 1) { var propli = document.createelement('li'); propli.appendchild(document.createtextnode(items[item].properties.names[name])); inner.appendchild(propli); } itemli.appendchild(inner); outer.appendchild(itemli); } document.body.appendchild(outer); if faced with the following from an earlier example: <
section itemscope itemtype="http://example.org/animals#cat"> <h1 itemprop="name http://example.com/fn">hedral</h1> <p itemprop="desc">hedral is a male american domestic shorthair, with a fluffy <span itemprop="http://example.com/color">black</span> fur with <span itemprop="http://example.com/color">white</span> paws and belly.</p> <img itemprop="img" src="hedral.jpeg" alt="" title="hedral, age 18 months"...
...> </
section> ...it would result in the following output: name http://example.com/fn desc http://example.com/color img (the duplicate occurrence of "http://example.com/color" is not included in the list.) htmlpropertiescollection the htmlpropertiescollection interface is used for collections of elements that add name-value pairs to a particular item in the microdata model.
Navigator.getUserMedia() - Web APIs
for details, see the constraints
section under the modern mediadevices.getusermedia() method, as well as the article capabilities, constraints, and settings.
...note that this is the deprecated way of doing it: see the examples
section under the mediadevices.getusermedia() for modern examples.
Node - Web APIs
these include attr, characterdata (which text, comment, and cdata
section are all based on), processinginstruction, documenttype, notation, entity, and entityreference.
...possible values are: name value element_node 1 attribute_node 2 text_node 3 cdata_
section_node 4 entity_reference_node 5 entity_node 6 processing_instruction_node 7 comment_node 8 document_node 9 document_type_node 10 document_fragment_node 11 notation_node 12 node.nodevalue returns / sets the value of the current node.
Using the Payment Request API - Web APIs
the basics of making a payment this
section details the basics of using the payment request api to make a payment.
... note: the code snippets from this
section are from our feature detect support demo.
RTCPeerConnection: icecandidate event - Web APIs
as you see in the code in the previous
section, every candidate is sent to the other peer, including any that might have an empty candidate string.
... the end-of-candidates indication is described in
section 9.3 of the trickle ice draft specification (note that the
section number is subject to change as the specification goes through repeated drafts).
RTCRtpCapabilities - Web APIs
there are some special entries in this array, described below in the
section the codecs array.
...see rfc 3555,
section 4 for the complete iana registry of these types.
RTCRtpCodecParameters - Web APIs
references to relevant iana documents are provided in the see also
section at the end of this article.
... sdpfmtpline optional a domstring containing the format-specific parameters field from the "a=fmtp" line in the codec's sdp, if one is present; see
section 5.8 of the ietf specification for jsep.
Resource Timing API - Web APIs
for more details about the interfaces including examples see each interface's reference page, using the resource timing api, and the references in the see also
section.
...however, note that some properties have little to no implementation so see each property's "browser compatibility"
section for more specific interoperability data.
format - Web APIs
if the font is in one of the formats listed in css2([css2],
section15.3.5), then its value is the corresponding <string> parameter of the font.
... syntax string = myglyph.format; myglyph.format = string; value the format values listed below are taken from css2([css2],
section15.3.5).
SVGSVGElement - Web APIs
svgsvgelement.getinter
sectionlist() returns a nodelist of graphics elements whose rendered content intersects the supplied rectangle.
... svgsvgelement.checkinter
section() returns true if the rendered content of the given element intersects the supplied rectangle.
Streams API concepts - Web APIs
an internal queue keeps track of the chunks that have not yet been read (see the internal queues and queuing strategies
section below).
...if you want another reader to start reading your stream, you typically need to cancel the first reader before you do anything else (although you can tee streams, see the teeing
section below) note that there are two different types of readable stream.
Using readable streams - Web APIs
for example, our simple stream pump example goes on to enqueue each chunk in a new, custom readablestream (we will find more about this in the next
section), then create a new response out of it, consume it as a blob, create an object url out of that blob using url.createobjecturl(), and then display it on screen in an <img> element, effectively creating a copy of the image we originally fetched.
...we’ll explain more about the custom stream in the next
section.
Supporting both TouchEvent and MouseEvent - Web APIs
event firing the touch events standard defines a few browser requirements regarding touch and mouse interaction (see the interaction with mouse events and click
section for details), noting the browser may fire both touch events and mouse events in response to the same user input.
... this
section describes the requirement that may affect an application.
Matrix math for the web - Web APIs
the next
sections will demonstrate some of these matrices.
...while this
section won't break the steps down into exhaustive detail (check out this article on wolfram mathworld for that), take this example for illustration.
Establishing a connection: The WebRTC perfect negotiation pattern - Web APIs
this
section is for you.
... perfect negotiation with the updated api as shown in the
section implementing perfect negotiation, we can eliminate this problem by introducing a variable (here called makingoffer) which we use to indicate that we are in the process of sending an offer, and making use of the updated setlocaldescription() method: let makingoffer = false; pc.onnegotiationneeded = async () => { try { makingoffer = true; await pc.setlocaldescription(); signaler.sen...
Signaling and video calling - Web APIs
optionally, see rfc 8445: interactive connectivity establishment,
section 2.3 ("negotiating candidate pairs and concluding ice") if you want greater understanding of how this process is completed inside the ice layer.
...next, we set a handler for the click event on the list item, that clicking on a user name calls our invite() method, which we'll look at in the next
section.
WebXR performance guide - Web APIs
this
section will come in part from https://github.com/immersive-web/webxr/blob/master/explainer.md#controlling-rendering-quality managing frame rate ...
... this
section will combine information from https://github.com/immersive-web/webxr/blob/master/explainer.md#controlling-depth-precision and https://github.com/immersive-web/webxr/blob/master/explainer.md#preventing-the-compositor-from-using-the-depth-buffer optimizing memory use when using libraries that perform things such as matrix mathematics, you typically have a number of working variables through which various vectors, matrices, and quaternions pass over time.
Advanced techniques: Creating and sequencing audio - Web APIs
let bandpass = audioctx.createbiquadfilter(); bandpass.type = 'bandpass'; bandpass.frequency.value = 1000; // connect our graph noise.connect(bandpass).connect(audioctx.destination); noise user controls on the ui we'll expose the noise duration and the frequency we want to band, allowing the user to adjust them via range inputs and event handlers just like in previous
sections: <label for="duration">duration</label> <input name="duration" id="duration" type="range" min="0" max="2" value="1" step="0.1" /> <label for="band">band</label> <input name="band" id="band" type="range" min="400" max="1200" value="1000" step="5" /> let noiseduration = 1; const durcontrol = document.queryselector('#duration'); durcontrol.addeventlistener('input', function() { noiseduratio...
...iquadfilter(); bandpass.type = 'bandpass'; bandpass.frequency.value = bandhz; // connect our graph noise.connect(bandpass).connect(audioctx.destination); noise.start(); } "dial up" — loading a sound sample it's straightforward enough to emulate phone dial (dtmf) sounds, by playing a couple of oscillators together using the methods we've already looked at, however, in this
section, we'll load in a sample file instead so we can take a look at what's involved.
Visualizations with Web Audio API - Web APIs
creating a waveform/oscilloscope to create the oscilloscope visualisation (hat tip to soledad penadés for the original code in voice-change-o-matic), we first follow the standard pattern described in the previous
section to set up the buffer: analyser.fftsize = 2048; var bufferlength = analyser.frequencybincount; var dataarray = new uint8array(bufferlength); next, we clear the canvas of what had been drawn on it before to get ready for the new visualization display: canvasctx.clearrect(0, 0, width, height); we now define the draw() function: function draw() { in here, we use requestanimationframe() to keep ...
...var y = v * height/2; if(i === 0) { canvasctx.moveto(x, y); } else { canvasctx.lineto(x, y); } x += slicewidth; } finally, we finish the line in the middle of the right hand side of the canvas, then draw the stroke we've defined: canvasctx.lineto(canvas.width, canvas.height/2); canvasctx.stroke(); }; at the end of this
section of code, we invoke the draw() function to start off the whole process: draw(); this gives us a nice waveform display that updates several times a second: creating a frequency bar graph another nice little sound visualization to create is one of those winamp-style frequency bar graphs.
Using the article role - Accessibility
the article role is used to identify a
section of a page that forms an independent part of a document, page or site.
... examples <article role="article"> <header> <h2>blog post</h2> </header> <
section class="content"> <p>a very interesting post</p> </
section> <
section class="comments"> <div class="comment" role="article"> <p>meaningful comment</p> </div> <div class="comment" role="article"> <p>positive comment</p> </div> </
section> </article> notes aria attributes used related aria techniques aria techniques - list of roles compatibility tbd: add s...
Using the group role - Accessibility
the group role is used to identify a set of user interface objects which, in contrast with a region, are not intended to be included in a table of contents or a page summary (such as the structures that are dynamically created by a script or assistive technologies); a group should not be considered a major perceivable
section on a page.
... if an author believes a
section is significant enough to warrant inclusion in the page's table of contents, they should assign the
section a role of region or a standard landmark role.
ARIA: document role - Accessibility
<button>close</button> </div> this example shows a dialog widget with some controls and a
section with some informational text that the assistive technology user can read when tabbing to it.
... generally placed within an application role or other interactive widget role, the document role is used to indicate a
section of a complex composit widget that an assistive technology user should read using its browse or virtual reading mode, if available.
ARIA: Suggestion role - Accessibility
</p> <div id="comment-source">suggested by chris, <time datetime="2019-03-30t19:29">march 30 2019, 19:29</time></div> browsers tend to provide a default black strikethrough for deletions, and a black underline for insertions, but you’ll probably want to use accessibility concerns landmark roles are intended to be used sparingly, to identify larger overall
sections of the document.
... best practices prefer html using the <ins> and <del> element will automatically communicate a
section has a role of insertion or deletion.
Spanning and Balancing Columns - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
note the spanning and balancing functionality covered in this guide is not as well supported across browsers as the functionality covered in the previous two
sections in this guide.
...for example, a heading nested directly inside the container could become a spanner, as could a heading nested inside a
section nested inside the multicol container.
Variable fonts guide - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
registered axes and existing css attributes in this
section we'll demonstrate the five registered axes defined with examples and the corresponding css.
...oblique is defined in this context with the term slant (see the below
section), and a typeface would typically have one or the other, but not both.
Basic Concepts of grid layout - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
.wrapper { display: grid; grid-template-columns: 500px 1fr 2fr; } track listings with repeat() notation large grids with many tracks can use the repeat() notation, to repeat all or a
section of the track listing.
...in this next example i have created a grid with an initial 20-pixel track, then a repeating
section of 6 1fr tracks then a final 20-pixel track.
Understanding CSS z-index - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
(from css 2.1
section 9.9.1 - layered presentation) this means that css style rules allow you to position boxes on layers in addition to the normal rendering layer (layer 0).
...in fact a dedicated
section has been reserved in the css specification css-2.1 appendix e to explain these rules better.
Shapes from box values - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
in my final example of this
section, i have floated two elements left and right, giving each a border-radius of 100% in the direction closest to the text.
... for more complex shapes you will need to use one of the basic shapes as a value, or define your shape from an image as covered in other guides in this
section.
Cookbook template - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
this
section is deliberately loose as patterns range from the very simple to more complex.
... useful fallbacks or alternative methods if there are useful alternative methods for building the recipe, or fallback recipes to use if you have to support non-supporting browsers, include them in separate
sections down here.
Viewport concepts - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
your viewport is everything that is currently visible, notably, the "what is a viewport
section", and perhaps some of the navigation menu.
...content outside the viewport, such as the see also
section in this document, is likely to not be visible onscreen until scrolled into view.
float - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
html <
section> <div class="left">1</div> <div class="left">2</div> <div class="right">3</div> <p>lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.
...phasellus feugiat est vel leo finibus congue.</p> </
section> css
section { border: 1px solid blue; width: 100%; float: left; } div { margin: 5px; width: 50px; height: 150px; } .left { float: left; background: pink; } .right { float: right; background: cyan; } result clearing floats sometimes you may want to force an item to move below any floated elements.
font-style - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
in general, for a requested angle of 14 degrees or greater, larger angles are prefered; otherwise, smaller angles are preferred (see the spec's font matching
section for the precise algorithm).
...ocument.queryselector('label[for="slant"]'); let slantinput = document.queryselector('#slant'); let sampletext = document.queryselector('.sample'); function update() { let slant = `oblique ${slantinput.value}deg`; slantlabel.textcontent = `font-style: ${slant};`; sampletext.style.fontstyle = slant; } slantinput.addeventlistener('input', update); update(); accessibility concerns large
sections of text set with a font-style value of italic may be difficult for people with cognitive concerns such as dyslexia to read.
<image> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
see the browser compatibility
section for details.
... examples valid images url(test.jpg) /* a <url>, as long as test.jpg is an actual image */ linear-gradient(blue, red) /* a <gradient> */ element(#realid) /* a part of the webpage, referenced with the element() function, if "realid" is an existing id on the page */ image(ltr 'arrow.png#xywh=0,0,16,16', red) /* a
section 16x16
section of <url>, starting from the top, left of the original image as long as arrow.png is a supported image, otherwise a solid red swatch.
object-fit - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
formal definition initial valuefillapplies toreplaced elementsinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete formal syntax fill | contain | cover | none | scale-down examples setting object-fit for an image html <
section> <h2>object-fit: fill</h2> <img class="fill" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/ae/248a9938d9.png" alt="mdn logo"> <img class="fill narrow" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/ae/248a9938d9.png" alt="mdn logo"> <h2>object-fit: contain</h2> <img class="contain" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/ae/248a9938d9.png" alt="mdn logo"> <img class="contain narrow" sr...
...mples/ae/248a9938d9.png" alt="mdn logo"> <img class="none narrow" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/ae/248a9938d9.png" alt="mdn logo"> <h2>object-fit: scale-down</h2> <img class="scale-down" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/ae/248a9938d9.png" alt="mdn logo"> <img class="scale-down narrow" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/ae/248a9938d9.png" alt="mdn logo"> </
section> css h2 { font-family: courier new, monospace; font-size: 1em; margin: 1em 0 0.3em; } div { display: flex; flex-direction: column; flex-wrap: wrap; align-items: flex-start; height: 940px; } img { width: 150px; height: 100px; border: 1px solid #000; } .narrow { width: 100px; height: 150px; margin-top: 10px; } .fill { object-fit: fill; } .contain { object-fit:...
radial-gradient() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
a percentage of 0%, or a length of 0, represents the center of the gradient; the value 100% represents the inter
section of the ending shape with the virtual gradient ray.
...percentage-based color-stop positions are relative to the inter
section between the ending shape and this gradient ray, which represents 100%.
shape-margin - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
formal definition initial value0applies tofloatsinheritednopercentagesrefer to the width of the containing blockcomputed valueas specified, but with relative lengths converted into absolute lengthsanimation typea length, percentage or calc(); formal syntax <length-percentage>where <length-percentage> = <length> | <percentage> examples adding a margin to a polygon html <
section> <div class="shape"></div> we are not quite sure of any one thing in biology; our knowledge of geology is relatively very slight, and the economic laws of society are uncertain to every one except some individual who attempts to set them forth; but before the world was fashioned the square on the hypotenuse was equal to the sum of the squares on the other two sides of a right triangle, and it wil...
...l be so after this world is dead; and the inhabitant of mars, if he exists, probably knows its truth as we know it.</
section> css
section { max-width: 400px; } .shape { float: left; width: 150px; height: 150px; background-color: maroon; clip-path: polygon(0 0, 150px 150px, 0 150px); shape-outside: polygon(0 0, 150px 150px, 0 150px); shape-margin: 20px; } result specifications specification status comment css shapes module level 1the definition of 'shape-margin' in that specification.
WAI ARIA Live Regions/API Support - Developer guides
if yes, member-of relation will point to the root of the region (see next
section) aria-atomic on ancestor element member-of if container-atomic=true, points to an ancestor accessible object (thus it is actually an accessible relation, not object attribute) not in atomic region if not provided points to the root of the atomic container that this object is in.
...please read the live region
section of the wai-aria screen reader implementor's guide.
Adding captions and subtitles to HTML5 video - Developer guides
modifications to the html and css this
section summarises the modifications made to the previous article's code in order to facilitate the addition of subtitles to the video.
... if you are not interested in this, and just want to get straight into the javascript and more relevant css, skip to the subtitle implementation
section.
Video player styling basics - Developer guides
preliminary modifications from the original example this
section summarises the modifications that were made to the original video player example to make the styling task easier, before the bulk of the work was started.
... user defined video controls videocontrols.setattribute('data-state', 'visible'); progress bar support a check also needs to be made to set up the "fake" progress bar if the browser doesn't support the <progress> element: var supportsprogress = (document.createelement('progress').max !== undefined); if (!supportsprogress) progress.setattribute('data-state', 'fake'); button functionality this
section looks at the javascript required for implementing the button functionality.
Challenge solutions - Developer guides
the
sections below correspond to the titles of the tutorial
sections.
...the resulting file looks like this: p {color: blue; } strong {color: orange; text-decoration: underline;} later
sections of this tutorial describe style rules and declarations in greater detail.
HTML5 - Developer guides
semantics
sections and outlines in html5 a look at the new outlining and
sectioning elements in html5: <
section>, <article>, <nav>, <header>, <footer> and <aside>.
... new semantic elements beside
sections, media and forms elements, there are numerous new elements, like <mark>, <figure>, <figcaption>, <data>, <time>, <output>, <progress>, or <meter> and <main>, increasing the number of valid html5 elements.
User input and controls - Developer guides
here is an example that allows a
section of content to be dragged.
... contenteditable demo this is a working example showing how contenteditable can be used to create an editable document
section, the state of which is then saved using localstorage.
HTML attribute: rel - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
link link not allowed bookmark permalink for the nearest ancestor
section.
... note: the obsolete rev="made" is treated as rel="alternate" bookmark relevant as the rel attribute value for the <a> and <area> elements, the bookmark provides a permalink for ancestor
section, which is the nearest ancestor <article> or <
section>, if there is at least one, otherwise, the nearest heading sibling or ancestor descendant, to the next..
<a>: The Anchor element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
links are not restricted to http-based urls — they can use any url scheme supported by browsers:
sections of a page with fragment urls pieces of media files with media fragments telephone numbers with tel: urls email addresses with mailto: urls while web browsers may not support other url schemes, web sites can with registerprotocolhandler() hreflang hints at the human language of the linked url.
... linking to an absolute url html <a href="https://www.mozilla.com"> mozilla </a> result linking to relative urls html <a href="//example.com">scheme-relative url</a> <a href="/docs/web/html">origin-relative url</a> <a href="./p">directory-relative url</a> css a { display: block; margin-bottom: 0.5em } result linking to an element on the same page <!-- <a> element links to the
section below --> <p><a href="#
section_further_down"> jump to the heading below </a></p> <!-- heading to link to --> <h2 id="
section_further_down">
section further down</h2> note: you can use href="#top" or the empty fragment (href="#") to link to the top of the current page, as defined in the html specification.
<address>: The Contact Address element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
permitted content flow content, but with no nested <address> element, no heading content (<hgroup>, <h1>, <h2>, <h3>, <h4>, <h5>, <h6>), no
sectioning content (<article>, <aside>, <
section>, <nav>), and no <header> or <footer> element.
... typically an <address> element can be placed inside the <footer> element of the current
section, if any.
<header> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
implicit aria role banner, or no corresponding role if a descendant of an article, aside, main, nav or
section element, or an element with role=article, complementary, main, navigation or region permitted aria roles group, presentation or none dom interface htmlelement usage notes the <header> element is not
sectioning content and therefore does not introduce a new
section in the outline.
... that said, a <header> element is intended to usually contain the surrounding
section's heading (an h1–h6 element), but this is not required.
<input type="month"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
max the latest year and month, in the string format discussed in the value
section above, to accept.
... we'll look at basic and more complex uses of <input type="month">, then offer advice on mitigating the browser support issue in the
section handling browser support).
<input type="search"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
see the
section specifying a pattern for details and an example.
...in this
section, we'll use the following css, which will place a check (tick) next to inputs containing valid values, and a cross next to inputs containing invalid values.
<input type="url"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
see the
section pattern validation for details and an example.
... examples there's not much else to say about url type inputs; check the pattern validation and using url inputs
sections for numerous examples.
<input>: The Input (Form Input) element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
this
section provides a table listing all the attributes with a brief description.
... in addition to using css to style inputs based on the :valid or :invalid ui states based on the current state of each input, as noted in the ui pseudo-classes
section above, the browser provides for client-side validation on (attempted) form submission.
<th> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
permitted content flow content, but with no header, footer,
sectioning content, or heading content descendants.
...its default value is 1; if its value is set to 0, it extends until the end of the table
section (<thead>, <tbody>, <tfoot>, even if implicitly defined), that the cell belongs to.
Data URLs - HTTP
it can even be done via bash base64 utility (see
section encoding on a unix system) if wsl is activated.
... [convert]::tobase64string([text.encoding]::utf8.getbytes("hello")) # outputs to console: agvsbg8= bash -c "echo -n hello`|base64" # outputs to console: agvsbg8= # the backtick (`) is used to escape the piping (|) character here common problems this
section describes problems that commonly occur when creating and using data urls.
HTTP caching - HTTP
for more details, see also the freshness
section below.
...for more details, see the validation
section below.
Using HTTP cookies - HTTP
for more information about cookie prefixes and the current state of browser support, see the prefixes
section of the set-cookie reference article.
... please note the security issues in the security
section below.
Referer - HTTP
"#
section") and userinfo (i.e.
... examples referer: https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/web/javascript specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 5.5.2: referer hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Save-Data - HTTP
note: disabling http/2 server push (rfc 7540,
section 8.2: server push) might be desirable too for reducing data downloads.
...a cache-control: public, max-age=31536000 content-type: image/jpeg [...] without save-data request: get /image.jpg http/1.0 host: example.com response: http/1.0 200 ok content-length: 481770 vary: accept-encoding, save-data cache-control: public, max-age=31536000 content-type: image/jpeg [...] specifications specification title draft-grigorik-http-client-hints-03,
section 7: save-data http client hints ...
HTTP request methods - HTTP
specifications specification title comment rfc 7231,
section 4: request methods hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content specifies get, head, post, put, delete, connect, options, trace.
... rfc 5789,
section 2: patch method patch method for http specifies patch.
A re-introduction to JavaScript (JS tutorial) - JavaScript
a.splice(start, delcount[, item1[, ...[, itemn]]]) lets you modify an array by deleting a
section and replacing it with more items.
... note that javascript functions are themselves objects — like everything else in javascript — and you can add or change properties on them just like we've seen earlier in the objects
section.
Equality comparisons and sameness - JavaScript
abstract equality, strict equality, and same value in the specification in es5, the comparison performed by == is described in
section 11.9.3, the abstract equality algorithm.
...hint: read the strict equality algorithm first.) es5 also describes, in
section 9.12, the samevalue algorithm for use internally by the js engine.
Unicode property escapes - JavaScript
syntax the following
section is also duplicated on this cheatsheet.
... unicodepropertyname the name of a non-binary property: unicodepropertyvalue one of the tokens listed in the values
section, below.
Function.name - JavaScript
ression: let object = { somemethod: function object_somemethod() {} }; console.log(object.somemethod.name); // logs "object_somemethod" try { object_somemethod } catch(e) { console.log(e); } // referenceerror: object_somemethod is not defined the name property is read-only and cannot be changed by the assigment operator: example below contradicts with what is said at the beginning of this
section and doesn't work as described.
...asses you can use obj.constructor.name to check the "class" of an object (but be sure to read the warnings below): function foo() {} // es2015 syntax: class foo {} var fooinstance = new foo(); console.log(fooinstance.constructor.name); // logs "foo" warning: the script interpreter will set the built-in function.name property only if a function does not have an own property called name (see
section 9.2.11 of the ecmascript2015 language specification).
RegExp.prototype[@@replace]() - JavaScript
a number of special replacement patterns are supported; see the specifying a string as a parameter
section in string.prototype.replace() page.
...the arguments supplied to this function are described in the specifying a function as a parameter
section in string.prototype.replace() page.
String.prototype.replace() - JavaScript
a number of special replacement patterns are supported; see the "specifying a string as a parameter"
section below.
...the arguments supplied to this function are described in the "specifying a function as a parameter"
section below.
String.prototype.replaceAll() - JavaScript
a number of special replacement patterns are supported; see the "specifying a string as a parameter"
section below.
...the arguments supplied to this function are described in the "specifying a function as a parameter"
section below.
String.prototype.slice() - JavaScript
the slice() method extracts a
section of a string and returns it as a new string, without modifying the original string.
...(for example, if endindex is -3 it is treated as str.length - 3.) return value a new string containing the extracted
section of the string.
WeakRef.prototype.deref() - JavaScript
notes see the notes on weakrefs
section of the weakref page for some important notes.
... examples using deref see the examples
section of the weakref page for the complete example.
WebAssembly.Module - JavaScript
static properties webassembly.module.custom
sections() given a module and string, returns a copy of the contents of all custom
sections in the module with the given string name.
... 52notes notes disabled in the firefox 52 extended support release (esr).opera android full support 43safari ios full support 11samsung internet android full support 7.0nodejs full support 8.0.0custom
sectionschrome full support 57edge full support 16firefox full support 52notes full support 52notes notes disabled in the firefox 52 extended support release (esr).ie no support noo...
Add to Home screen - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
note: the .webmanifest extension is specified in the media type registration
section of the specification, but generally browsers will support manifests with other appropriate extensions, e.g.
... note: the code for this
section was mostly taken from app install banners/add to home screen by pete lepage.
Graphic design for responsive sites - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
this is why we have included an entire docs
section covering each of these topics (the one you are currently in, and app layout.) in addition, these days there are so many more technologies to choose from than your humble bmps, jpgs, gifs and pngs.
... coping with different resolutions in this
section we'll review different strategies for dealing with getting images to work across devices with different resolutions.
mimeTypes.rdf corruption - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
if svg works with the new profile, then simply delete the new profile and go about cleaning your old profile using the steps in the
section below.
... after correcting the os file associations you will probably need to re-clean your mimetypes.rdf as described in the
section above.
Mixed content - Web security
passive content list this
section lists all types of http requests which are considered passive content: <img> (src attribute) <audio> (src attribute) <video> (src attribute) <object> subresources (when an <object> performs http requests) mixed active content mixed active content is content that has access to all or parts of the document object model of the https page.
... active content examples this
section lists some types of http requests which are considered active content: <script> (src attribute) <link> (href attribute) (this includes css stylesheets) <iframe> (src attribute) xmlhttprequest requests fetch() requests all cases in css where a <url> value is used (@font-face, cursor, background-image, and so forth).
Features restricted to secure contexts - Web security
current features available only in secure contexts this
section lists all the apis available only in secure contexts, along with browser versions the limitation was introduced in, as appropriate.
...this
section lists any such differences existing in browsers.
Axes - XPath
for further information on using xpath expressions, please see the for further reading
section at the end of transforming xml with xslt document.
... also see the 'axes'
section in the xpath spec.
Dialogs and Prompts - Archive of obsolete content
the header to the right of the
sections buttons is made with <dialogheader>: <dialogheader title="general" description="whatever"/> note, that you should only use this element in a <dialog>, because otherwise it may be not styled properly.
Finding window handles - Archive of obsolete content
recall that nsibasewindow -> nativehandle returns the following in the different operating systems: windows - hwnd mac os x - nswindow* linux - gdkwindow* (it will be gdkwindow* no matter what desktop/window manager) is in use, for explanation why see the article: standard os libraries - unix
section) windows components.utils.import('resource://gre/modules/services.jsm'); var browserwindow = services.wm.getmostrecentwindow('navigator:browser'); if (!browserwindow) { throw new error('no browser window found'); } var basewindow = browserwindow.queryinterface(ci.nsiinterfacerequestor) .getinterface(ci.nsiwebnavigation) .queryint...
LookupNamespaceURI - Archive of obsolete content
case 10: // document_type_node case 11: // document_fragment_node return null; // unknown case 2: // attribute_node if (node.ownerelement) { return lookupnamespaceurihelper(node.ownerelement, prefix); } return null; // unknown default: // text_node (3), cdata_
section_node (4), entity_reference_node (5), // processing_instruction_node (7), comment_node (8) if (node.parentnode) { // entityreferences may have to be skipped to get to it return lookupnamespaceurihelper(node.parentnode, prefix); } return null; // unknown } }; } }()); ...
Miscellaneous - Archive of obsolete content
topic: observerservice.addobserver(observer, 'http-on-modify-request', false); where "observer" is an object that has a method "observe": function observe(subject, topic, data) { subject.queryinterface(components.interfaces.nsiuploadchannel); postdata = subject.uploadstream; } here again, postdata is not a string, but an nsiinputstream, so you can use the last code snippet of the previous
section to get the data as a string.
Sidebar - Archive of obsolete content
xample to test if the web panel from firefox is open: var sidebarwindow = document.getelementbyid("sidebar").contentwindow; if (sidebarwindow.location.href == "chrome://browser/content/web-panels.xul") { // act on the sidebar content only if it is the web panels } accessing the browser.xul window from a sidebar script see accessing the elements of the top-level document from a child window
section of working with windows in chrome code.
XPath - Archive of obsolete content
{ fields.push(tobj[i].text); } } else { var tobj = obj.evaluate("/root/field/item",obj.documentelement,null, xpathresult.any_type, null); var tmp = tobj.iteratenext(); while(tmp) { fields.push(tmp.textcontent); tmp = tobj.iteratenext(); } } alert(fields); } //here is the demo xml file for xpath <?xml version="1.0"?> <root> <field> <item>art_id</item> <item>p
section</item> <item>qkind</item> <item>qtitle</item> <item>question</item> <item>pic</item> <item>answer1</item> <item>answer2</item> <item>answer3</item> <item>answer4</item> </field> </root> //add by mooring 2008-11-15 16:16 china ...
Extension Versioning, Update and Compatibility - Archive of obsolete content
the information page retrieved must currently be totally valid xhtml, including being delivered with the mime type application/xhtml+xml (important: see problems
section) you may include %app_locale% in your updateinfourl if you want to have locale information included in the url -- this allows you to customize the text based on the user's locale.
Install Manifests - Archive of obsolete content
<em:optionstype>3</em:optionstype> <em:optionsurl>chrome://myaddon/content/options.html</em:optionsurl> this
section here contains an example of localized html page as an option panel in a new tab: bootstrapped extensions :: localization (l10n) (example linked to is: github :: l10n-html-options).
Interaction between privileged and non-privileged pages - Archive of obsolete content
e(components.interfaces.nsidocshelltreeitem) .roottreeitem .queryinterface(components.interfaces.nsiinterfacerequestor) .getinterface(components.interfaces.nsidomwindow); mainwindow.document.addeventlistener("myextensionevent", function(e) { myextension.mylistener(e); }, false, true); if you need to to pass lots of data, consider using cdata
sections instead of the simple attributes on a custom element.
Getting started with HTML - Learn web development
anatomy of an html element let's further explore our paragraph element from the previous
section: the anatomy of our element is: the opening tag: this consists of the name of the element (in this example, p for paragraph), wrapped in opening and closing angle brackets.
HTML table basics - Learn web development
tables are not automatically responsive: when you use proper layout containers (such as <header>, <
section>, <article>, or <div>), their width defaults to 100% of their parent element.
HTML Tables - Learn web development
html table advanced features and accessibility this module looks at some more advanced features of html tables — such as captions/summaries and grouping your rows into table head, body and footer
sections — as well as looking at the accessibility of tables for visually impaired users.
Structuring the web with HTML - Learn web development
solving common html problems use html to solve common problems provides links to
sections of content explaining how to use html to solve very common problems when creating a webpage: dealing with titles, adding images or videos, emphasizing content, creating a basic form, etc.
Functions — reusable blocks of code - Learn web development
bear in mind that some built-in browser functions are not part of the core javascript language — some are defined as part of browser apis, which build on top of the default language to provide even more functionality (refer to this early
section of our course for more descriptions).
Fetching data from the server - Learn web development
previous overview: client-side web apis next another very common task in modern websites and applications is retrieving individual data items from the server to update
sections of a webpage without having to load an entire new page.
Client-side web APIs - Learn web development
fetching data from the server another very common task in modern websites and applications is retrieving individual data items from the server to update
sections of a webpage without having to load an entirely new page.
Useful string methods - Learn web development
so you'd have to actually write this: browsertype = browsertype.replace('moz','van'); active learning examples in this
section we'll get you to try your hand at writing some string manipulation code.
Accessibility in React - Learn web development
again try using the "edit" and "cancel" buttons to toggle between the templates of your <todo /> component; you'll see the browser focus indicator move appropriately, without the problem we discussed at the start of this
section.
Getting started with Vue - Learn web development
open the app.vue file, and delete the <img> element from the template
section: <img alt="vue logo" src="./assets/logo.png"> if your server is still running, you should see the logo removed from the rendered site almost instantly.
Adding a new todo form: Vue events, methods, and models - Learn web development
go back to app.vue and add the following import statement just below the previous one, inside your <script> element: import todoform from './components/todoform'; you also need to register the new component in your app component — update the components property of the component object so that it looks like this: components: { todoitem, todoform } finally for this
section, render your todoform component inside your app by adding the <to-do-form /> element inside your app's <template>, like so: <template> <div id="app"> <h1>my to-do list</h1> <to-do-form></to-do-form> <ul> <li v-for="item in todoitems" :key="item.id"> <to-do-item :label="item.label" :done="item.done" :id="item.id"></to-do-item> </li> </ul> </div> </templat...
Learn web development
besides, if you have a specific question about web development, our common questions
section may have something to help you.
Mozilla accessibility architecture
role of nsaccessnode if you work mostly in the atk
sections of our accessibility module, you may wonder what the purpose of nsaccessnode is -- there are no atk interfaces that use it.
CSUN Firefox Materials
for more information general information: http://www.mozilla.com/firefox/ online support and community forums are located: http://forums.mozillazine.org/ accessibility compliance statement (
section 508): http://www.mozilla.com/firefox/vpat.html ...
Accessibility and Mozilla
here is a rundown of problems and the planned solutions:mozilla's
section 508 compliancemozilla’s uaag evaluation reportthe uaag document contains a very rich set of accessibility guidelines, that broadly define how accessibility should be implemented by any user agent, i.e.
Adding a new CSS property
again, see the documentation at the top of the file and the other entries for examples, and also see the next
section for details about parsing.
Browser chrome tests
if you are adding the first tests in a directory, make sure to also include any head.js you added to support-files, and additionally, ensure that your browser.ini is referenced by a moz.build file somewhere, such as: browser_chrome_manifests += [ 'test/functional/mochitest/browser.ini' ] support-files once added to support-file
section of browser.ini support files may be referenced as https://example.com/browser/[path_to_file] or chrome://mochitests/content/browser/[path_to_file].
Debugging on Mac OS X
running a debug session make sure breakpoints are active (which implies running under the debugger) by opening the product menu and selecting "debug / activate breakpoints" (also shown by the "breakpoints" button in the top right
section of the main window).
Adding APIs to the navigator object
manifest to add an object to navigator you can also add an object to the window.navigator object by using the chrome manifest of an add-on: component {ffffffff-ffff-ffff-ffff-ffffffffffff} mycomponent.js contract @mozilla.org/mycomponent;1 {ffffffff-ffff-ffff-ffff-ffffffffffff} category javascript-navigator-property mycomponent @mozilla.org/mycomponent;1 generate a guid and replace the "ffff"
sections in both the component and contract lines with your guid.
Simple Sunbird build
see this
section for information on how to easily integrate lightning into a nightly version of thunderbird.
ESLint
pt is a worker: add a line to tell eslint to use the worker environment: /* eslint-env worker */ or, to use a chrome worker environment: /* eslint-env mozilla/chrome-worker */ my file uses chrome/xbl specific globals either, specify the global at the top of the file: /* globals mychromeglobal */ or, add to the global
section toolkit/.eslintrc.js if it is widely used.
Index
one example is the new tab page, which includes a "top sites"
section showing sites you visit that firefox thinks you're likely to want to visit again, as well as potentially some sites that have been pinned to always appear in that space.
Blocked: All storage access requests
the permission can be changed or removed by: going to preferences > content blocking in the custom content blocking
section, selecting a value other than all cookies for the cookies item if the resource that is being blocked doesn't need authentication, you can fix the warning message by adding a crossorigin="anonymous" attribute to your element.
Firefox UI considerations for web developers
one example is the new tab page, which includes a "top sites"
section showing sites you visit that firefox thinks you're likely to want to visit again, as well as potentially some sites that have been pinned to always appear in that space.
nsIHttpServer
behavior when not given a string matching * the media-type production in rfc 2616
section 3.7 is undefined.
nsIScriptError
if you want to log an error at chrome level you should set a category from the first
section (leaving it empty might log it as content error).
nsITreeView
see the constants
section for possible modes.
nsIURLParser
9.0 querypos querylen refpos reflen parseserverinfo() serverinfo = <hostname>:<port> void parseserverinfo( in string serverinfo, in long serverinfolen, out unsigned long hostnamepos, out long hostnamelen, out long port ); parameters serverinfo serverinfolen hostnamepos hostnamelen port parseurl() breaks the url string up into its 3 major components: a scheme, an authority
section (hostname, and so on.), and a path.
nsIXULTemplateBuilder
optionally, the rule may have a <bindings>
section which may be used to define additional variables to be used within an action body.
Performance
for each commit, sqlite does two disk syncs among many other file operations (see the "atomic commit"
section of http://www.sqlite.org/php2004/slides-all.html for more information on how this works).
XPCOM ABI
if the application doesn't have an xpcom abi string (due to the fact that either its cpu architecture or c++ compiler are unknown, as described in the abi naming
section), you should use the operating system's name (without appending the xpcom abi) as the platform name in the install manifest etc.
XPCOM
this implementation will allow you to get(), set(), define(), and undefine() nsifile.using nsipasswordmanagertechnical review completed.using nsisimpleenumeratorusing the clipboardthis
section provides information about cutting, copying, and pasting to and from the clipboard.using the gecko sdkweak referencein xpcom, a weak reference is a special object that contains a pointer to an xpcom object, but doesnot keep that object alive.
Autoconfiguration in Thunderbird
configuration server at isp given the email address "fred@example.com", thunderbird checks <https://autoconfig.example.com/mail/config-v1.1.xml?emailaddress=fred@example.com> (preferred) and <https://example.com/.well-known/autoconfig/mail/config-v1.1.xml> and the same urls with http (see
section ssl below).
Index
35 mail client architecture overview
sections in grey refer to modules outside of mail/news 36 mail composition back end by richard h.
Mail client architecture overview
the mail reader gecko (xul and html rendering) rdf (dynamic widgets) js (menus, events) libmime mail datasources mail javascript folder/message management msgdb imap/nntp/pop3 necko (networking)
sections in grey refer to modules outside of mail/news the base module the base module provides a generic interface to a set of protocol-independant messaging services.
Mail composition back end
(for detailed information on the listener interfaces, see the listener interfaces
section of this document) nsimsgsend the following describes the methods of the nsimsgsend interface.
Demo Addon
all three demos are explained in the following
sections.
Thunderbird extensions
here has been significant api rewrite over the past years making most techniques considerably easier) thunderbird api docs (mostly a collection of out-of-date pages, relevance is rather dubious) general links finding the code for a feature mozillazine articles on thunderbird community / communications thunderbird specific : add-ons
section on developer.thunderbird.net thunderbird communication channels add-on developers forum/mailing list #maildev irc channel more general : mozillazine extension development forum general developer channels related topics xul, javascript, xpcom, themes, developing mozilla categori ...
Zombie compartments
in the results, you'll find a js-main-runtime-compartments tree (whcih you may need to expand further) that lists all system (firefox and add-ons) and user (website) compartments, these compartments are also listed in more detail in the explicit allocations
section.
Working with ArrayBuffers
introductory reading the pointer types
section of the type conversion page explains the fundamentals of this operation.
js-ctypes
other work made possible by js-ctypes is jni, this is elaborated on in the jni.jsm
section and not the js-ctypes
section due to the jsm abstracting away all of the js-ctypes.
Browser Side Plug-in API - Plugins
for an overview of how these two sides of the plug-in api interact, see the how plug-ins work and overview of plug-in structure
sections in the introduction.
Constants - Plugins
« previous this
section is a reference to the program definitions used by the plug-in api.
Plug-in Side Plug-in API - Plugins
for an overview of how these two sides of the plug-in api interact, see the how plug-ins work and overview of plug-in structure
sections in the introduction.
Scripting plugins - Plugins
this extension will also let plugins access the script objects in the browser, and is thus a much stronger and more flexible api.) the information in this
section applies to firefox 1.0 and mozilla 1.7.5 and newer versions.
URLs - Plugins
this
section describes the methods and procedures used for getting the url and displaying the page.
The Web Developer Menu - Firefox Developer Tools
on os x and linux, it's under the "tools" menu: on windows 7, it's under the "firefox" menu: you'll see that the menu is split into three
sections: the first
section lists tools that are hosted in the toolbox, which is a dedicated window for developer tools the second
section lists integrated tools that are not hosted in the toolbox, as well as any tools installed as add-ons (you'll see in the windows screenshot above that i've installed the firefox os simulator) the third
section, "get more tools", is a link to more web development add-ons for firefox ...
Browser Toolbox - Firefox Developer Tools
to do this, open the developer tools settings, go to the
section "advanced settings", and check the settings "enable browser chrome and add-on debugging toolboxes" and "enable remote debugging".
Set an XHR breakpoint - Firefox Developer Tools
when your code breaks on an xhr request, the righthand pane will have two additional
sections: call stack the list of functions that were executed in order ot get to the currently executing code.
Using the Debugger map scopes feature - Firefox Developer Tools
when you click the increment button on the page and hit the breakpoint, an additional
section is added to the right-hand panel below the call stack to display variables mapped from the original scope, like this: as useful as this is, it would be even nicer if you could view the original code (before it was packages into the "bundle.js" file.
Debugger.Script - Firefox Developer Tools
convention for descriptions of properties and methods below, if the behavior of the property or method differs between the instance referring to a jsscript or to a block of webassembly code, the text will be split into two
sections, headed by “if the instance refers to a jsscript” and “if the instance refers to webassembly code”, respectively.
Debugger.Source - Firefox Developer Tools
convention for descriptions of properties and methods below, if the behavior of the property or method differs between the instance referring to javascript source or to a block of webassembly code, the text will be split into two
sections, headed by “if the instance refers to javascript source” and “if the instance refers to webassembly code”, respectively.
DOMConfiguration - Web APIs
pre-defined parameters: "canonical-form", "cdata-
sections", "check-character-normalization", "comments", "datatype-normalization", "element-content-whitespace", "entities", "error-handler", "infoset", "namespaces", "namespace-declarations", "normalize-characters","schema-location", "schema-type", "split-cdata-
sections", "validate", "validate-if-schema", "well-formed" properties domconfiguration.parameternames read only is a domstringlist methods domconfiguration.cansetparameter() returns a boolean domconfiguration.getparameter() returns a domuserdata domconfiguration.setparameter() sets a parameter specification http://www.w3.org/tr/dom-level-3-cor...mconfiguration ...
DOMHighResTimeStamp - Web APIs
also note the
section below on reduced time precision controlled by browser preferences to avoid timing attacks and fingerprinting.
DOMMatrixReadOnly.scale() - Web APIs
dommatrix.scale(scale[, originx][, originy]) we'll show an example of how you can deal with the cross-browser support implications of this in the examples
section, below.
Document.cookie - Web APIs
rfc 2965 (
section 5.3, "implementation limits") specifies that there should be no maximum length of a cookie's key or value size, and encourages implementations to support arbitrarily large cookies.
Document Object Model (DOM) - Web APIs
dom interfaces attr cdata
section characterdata childnode comment customevent document documentfragment documenttype domerror domexception domimplementation domstring domtimestamp domstringlist domtokenlist element event eventtarget htmlcollection mutationobserver mutationrecord namednodemap node nodefilter nodeiterator nodelist nondocumenttypechildnode parentnode processinginstruction selection ...
Element.attachShadow() - Web APIs
the following is a list of elements you can attach a shadow root to: any autonomous custom element with a valid name <article> <aside> <blockquote> <body> <div> <footer> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <header> <main> <nav> <p> <
section> <span> syntax var shadowroot = element.attachshadow(shadowrootinit); parameters shadowrootinit a shadowrootinit dictionary, which can contain the following fields: mode a string specifying the encapsulation mode for the shadow dom tree.
Element.querySelectorAll() - Web APIs
examples dataset selector & attribute selectors <
section class="box" id="sect1"> <div class="funnel-chart-percent1">10.900%</div> <div class="funnel-chart-percent2">3700.00%</div> <div class="funnel-chart-percent3">0.00%</div> </
section> // dataset selectors const refs = [...document.queryselectorall(`[data-name*="funnel-chart-percent"]`)]; // attribute selectors // const refs = [...document.queryselectorall(`[class*="funnel-chart-percent"]`)]...
ElementCSSInlineStyle.style - Web APIs
// set specific style while leaving other inline style values untouched elt.style.color = "blue"; getting style information the style property is not useful for completely learning about the styles applied on the element, since it represents only the css declarations set in the element's inline style attribute, not those that come from style rules elsewhere, such as style rules in the <head>
section, or external style sheets.
Event.eventPhase - Web APIs
for more details, see
section 3.1, event dispatch and dom event flow, of the dom level 3 events specification.
Using Fetch - Web APIs
to extract the json body content from the response, we use the json() method (defined on the body mixin, which is implemented by both the request and response objects.) note: the body mixin also has similar methods to extract other types of body content; see the body
section for more.
HTMLDialogElement.close() - Web APIs
<!-- simple pop-up dialog box, containing a form --> <dialog id="favdialog"> <form method="dialog"> <
section> <p><label for="favanimal">favorite animal:</label> <select id="favanimal" name="favanimal"> <option></option> <option>brine shrimp</option> <option>red panda</option> <option>spider monkey</option> </select></p> </
section> <menu> <button id="cancel" type="reset">cancel</button> <button type="submit">confi...
HTMLDialogElement.open - Web APIs
<!-- simple pop-up dialog box, containing a form --> <dialog id="favdialog"> <form method="dialog"> <
section> <p><label for="favanimal">favorite animal:</label> <select id="favanimal" name="favanimal"> <option></option> <option>brine shrimp</option> <option>red panda</option> <option>spider monkey</option> </select></p> </
section> <menu> <button id="cancel" type="reset">cancel</button> <button type="submit">confi...
HTMLDialogElement.show() - Web APIs
<!-- simple pop-up dialog box, containing a form --> <dialog id="favdialog"> <form method="dialog"> <
section> <p><label for="favanimal">favorite animal:</label> <select id="favanimal" name="favanimal"> <option></option> <option>brine shrimp</option> <option>red panda</option> <option>spider monkey</option> </select></p> </
section> <menu> <button id="cancel" type="reset">cancel</button> <button type="submit">confi...
HTMLDialogElement.showModal() - Web APIs
<!-- simple pop-up dialog box, containing a form --> <dialog id="favdialog"> <form method="dialog"> <
section> <p><label for="favanimal">favorite animal:</label> <select id="favanimal" name="favanimal"> <option></option> <option>brine shrimp</option> <option>red panda</option> <option>spider monkey</option> </select></p> </
section> <menu> <button id="cancel" type="reset">cancel</button> <button type="submit">confi...
HTMLDialogElement - Web APIs
<!-- simple pop-up dialog box, containing a form --> <dialog id="favdialog"> <form method="dialog"> <
section> <p><label for="favanimal">favorite animal:</label> <select id="favanimal" name="favanimal"> <option></option> <option>brine shrimp</option> <option>red panda</option> <option>spider monkey</option> </select></p> </
section> <menu> <button id="cancel" type="reset">cancel</button> <button type="submit">confi...
HTMLTableElement.createTFoot() - Web APIs
syntax htmltable
sectionelement = table.createtfoot(); return value htmltable
sectionelement example let myfoot = mytable.createtfoot(); // now this should be true: myfoot == mytable.tfoot specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'htmltableelement: createtfoot' in that specification.
HTMLTableElement.createTHead() - Web APIs
syntax htmltable
sectionelement = table.createthead(); return value htmltable
sectionelement example let myhead = mytable.createthead(); // now this should be true: myhead == mytable.thead specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'htmltableelement: createthead' in that specification.
HTMLTableElement.tFoot - Web APIs
syntax htmltable
sectionelementobject = table.tfoot table.tfoot = htmltable
sectionelementobject example if (table.tfoot == my_foot) { // ...
The HTML DOM API - Web APIs
htmloptgroupelement htmloptionelement htmloutputelement htmlparagraphelement htmlparamelement htmlpictureelement htmlpreelement htmlprogresselement htmlquoteelement htmlscriptelement htmlselectelement htmlslotelement htmlsourceelement htmlspanelement htmlstyleelement htmltablecaptionelement htmltablecellelement htmltablecolelement htmltableelement htmltablerowelement htmltable
sectionelement htmltemplateelement htmltextareaelement htmltimeelement htmltitleelement htmltrackelement htmlulistelement htmlunknownelement htmlvideoelement deprecated html element interfaces htmlmarqueeelement obsolete html element interfaces htmlbasefontelement htmlfontelement htmlframeelement htmlframesetelement htmlisindexelement htmlmenuitemelement web ap...
History.replaceState() - Web APIs
examples suppose https://www.mozilla.org/foo.html executes the following javascript: const stateobj = { foo: 'bar' }; history.pushstate(stateobj, '', 'bar.html'); the explanation of these two lines above can be found in the example of pushstate() method
section of the working with the history api article.
Working with the History API - Web APIs
example of replacestate() method suppose http://mozilla.org/foo.html executes the following javascript: let stateobj = { foo: "bar" } history.pushstate(stateobj, "page 2", "bar.html") the explanation of these two lines above can be found at the above
section example of pushstate() method
section.
Pointer Lock API - Web APIs
method/properties overview this
section provides a brief description of each property and method related to the pointer lock specification.
RTCDataChannel: error event - Web APIs
examples // strings for each of the sctp cause codes found in rfc // 4960,
section 3.3.10: // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4960#
section-3.3.10 const sctpcausecodes = [ "no sctp error", "invalid stream identifier", "missing mandatory parameter", "stale cookie error", "sender is out of resource (i.e., memory)", "unable to resolve address", "unrecognized sctp chunk type received", "invalid mandatory parameter", "unrecognized parameters", "no user data (sctp ...
RTCIceCandidatePairStats.priority - Web APIs
you can calculcate its value using the algorithm described in rfc 5245,
section 5.7.2 if you need this information and can accept the risk that the result may not be entirely accurate.
RTCPeerConnection.getStats() - Web APIs
a
section is created for each report with a header and all of the statistics below, with the type, id, and timestamp handled specially to place them at the top of the list.
RTCRtpEncodingParameters.maxBitrate - Web APIs
this value is computed using the standard transport independent application specific maximum (tias) bandwidth as defined by rfc 3890,
section 6.2.2; this is the maximum bandwidth needed without considering protocol overheads from ip, tcp or udp, and so forth.
Range.comparePoint() - Web APIs
if the reference node is a node of type text, comment, or cdata
section, then offset is the number of characters from the start of reference node.
Range.endOffset - Web APIs
if the endcontainer is a node of type text, comment, or cdata
section, then the offset is the number of characters from the start of the endcontainer to the boundary point of the range.
Range.setEnd() - Web APIs
usage notes if the endnode is a node of type text, comment, or cdata
section, then endoffset is the number of characters from the start of endnode.
Range.setStart() - Web APIs
if the startnode is a node of type text, comment, or cdata
section, then startoffset is the number of characters from the start of startnode.
Range.startOffset - Web APIs
if the startcontainer is a node of type text, comment, or cdata
section, then the offset is the number of characters from the start of the startcontainer to the boundary point of the range.
Request.context - Web APIs
note: you can find a full list of the different available contexts including associated context frame types, csp directives, and platform feature examples in the fetch spec request context
section.
Resize Observer API - Web APIs
usage is simple, and pretty much the same as other observers, such as performance observer or inter
section observer — you create a new resizeobserver object using the resizeobserver() constructor, then use resizeobserver.observe() to make it look for changes to a specific element's size.
Selection - Web APIs
) selection.extend() selection.selectallchildren() selection.addrange() selection.setbaseandextent() and when the range is modified using the following methods: range.setstart() range.setend() range.setstartbefore() range.setstartafter() range.setendbefore() range.setendafter() range.collapse() range.selectnode() range.selectnodecontents() glossary other key terms used in this
section.
Spaces and reference spaces: Spatial tracking in WebXR - Web APIs
<<<--- needs an example --->>> the reset event <<<--- this
section probably has problems still; corrections are appreciated --->>> when a discontinuity or break in the native or effective origin of a reference space occurs, the user agent will send the xrreferencespace a reset event.
Targeting and hit detection - Web APIs
virtual object hit testing detection of collisions with virtual objects usually doesn't actually involve testing for inter
section of the ray with one of the scene's polygons, as a typical scene may have hundreds or thousands of polygons, which makes direct tracing of rays to polygons impractical in most cases.
Web Audio API best practices - Web APIs
you have to request the file and wait for it to load (this
section of our advanced article shows a good way to do it), but then you have access to the data directly, which means more precision, and more precise manipulation.
Window.pageYOffset - Web APIs
note that the frame's contents have been scrolled to show the
section named "overview", and that the value of the pageyoffset property is shown with the corresponding value.
Window - Web APIs
for overriding the prototype of built-in elements) are listed in a separate
section below.
Worker.prototype.postMessage() - Web APIs
on incoming message to chromeworker'; } } myworker.addeventlistener('message', handlemessagefromworker); // ok lets create the buffer and send it var arrbuf = new arraybuffer(8); console.info('arrbuf.bytelength pre transfer:', arrbuf.bytelength); myworker.postmessage( { atopic: 'do_sendworkerarrbuff', abuf: arrbuf // the array buffer that we passed to the transferrable
section 3 lines below }, [ arrbuf // the array buffer we created 9 lines above ] ); console.info('arrbuf.bytelength post transfer:', arrbuf.bytelength); worker code self.onmessage = function (msg) { switch (msg.data.atopic) { case 'do_sendworkerarrbuff': sendworkerarrbuff(msg.data.abuf) break; default: throw 'no atopic on...
Architecture - Accessibility
rd line break: get next node (typical depth first search), and set the current offset = 0 iatext::ch = getcharacteratoffset(++offset); if ch == embedded object char (0xfffc) then get object for that offset (see a above), then set the current offset to -1, and go to step 2 if ch == 0 then we must determine whether we're on a hard line break: if the current accessible's ia2 role is
section, heading or paragraph then we are on a hard line break, so stop get the offset in the parent text for this object (see b above), and then repeat step (c)2 above done (d) to get the next word or line: look one character ahead.
:target - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
/* selects an element with an id matching the current url's fragment */ :target { border: 2px solid black; } for example, the following url has a fragment (denoted by the # sign) that points to an element called
section2: http://www.example.com/index.html#
section2 the following element would be selected by a :target selector when the current url is equal to the above: <
section id="
section2">example</
section> syntax :target examples a table of contents the :target pseudo-class can be used to highlight the portion of a page that has been linked to from a table of contents.
Using multiple backgrounds - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
.mozillademos.org/files/11305/firefox.png), url(https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/11307/bubbles.png), linear-gradient(to right, rgba(30, 75, 115, 1), rgba(255, 255, 255, 0)); background-repeat: no-repeat, no-repeat, no-repeat; background-position: bottom right, left, right; } result (if image does not appear in codepen, click the 'tidy' button in the css
section) as you can see here, the firefox logo (listed first within background-image) is on top, directly above the bubbles graphic, followed by the gradient (listed last) sitting underneath all previous 'images'.
Using z-index - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
if several elements share the same z-index value (i.e., they are placed on the same layer), stacking rules explained in the
section stacking without the z-index property apply.
align-self - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
baseline<overflow-position> = unsafe | safe<self-position> = center | start | end | self-start | self-end | flex-start | flex-end examples html <
section> <div>item #1</div> <div>item #2</div> <div>item #3</div> </
section> css
section { display: flex; align-items: center; height: 120px; background: beige; } div { height: 60px; background: cyan; margin: 5px; } div:nth-child(3) { align-self: flex-end; background: pink; } result specifications specification status comment css box alignment ...
box-orient - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
formal definition initial valueinline-axis (horizontal in xul)applies toelements with a css display value of box or inline-boxinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete formal syntax horizontal | vertical | inline-axis | block-axis | inherit examples setting horizontal box orientation here, he box-orient property will cause the two <p>
sections in the example to display in the same line.
content - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
; content: linear-gradient(#e66465, #9198e5); /* alt text for generated content, added in the level 3 specification */ content: url("http://www.example.com/test.png") / "this is the alt text"; /* values below can only be applied to generated content using ::before and ::after */ /* <string> value */ content: "prefix"; /* <counter> values */ content: counter(chapter_counter); content: counters(
section_counter, "."); /* attr() value linked to the html attribute value */ content: attr(value string); /* language- and position-dependent keywords */ content: open-quote; content: close-quote; content: no-open-quote; content: no-close-quote; /* except for normal and none, several values can be used simultaneously */ content: open-quote chapter_counter; /* global values */ content: inherit; conten...
counter-increment - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
]+ | none examples incrementing named counters h1 { counter-increment: chapter
section 2 page; /* increases the value of the chapter and page counters by 1, and the
section counter by 2 */ } specifications specification status comment css lists module level 3the definition of 'counter-increment' in that specification.
counter-reset - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
]+ | none examples resetting named counters h1 { counter-reset: chapter
section 1 page; /* sets the chapter and page counters to 0, and the
section counter to 1 */ } specifications specification status comment css lists module level 3the definition of 'counter-reset' in that specification.
counter-set - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
]+ | none examples setting named counters h1 { counter-set: chapter
section 1 page; /* sets the chapter and page counters to 0, and the
section counter to 1 */ } specifications specification status comment css lists module level 3the definition of 'counter-set' in that specification.
cross-fade() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the green/red example (with the percentages totalling 150%) and the yellow/red/blue example (with three images) from the specification syntax
section, are not possible in this implementation.
font-variant-caps - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
accessibility concerns large
sections of text set with a font-variant value of all-small-caps or all-petite-caps may be difficult for people with cognitive concerns such as dyslexia to read.
grid-template-areas - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
formal definition initial valuenoneapplies togrid containersinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete formal syntax none | <string>+ examples specifying named grid areas html <
section id="page"> <header>header</header> <nav>navigation</nav> <main>main area</main> <footer>footer</footer> </
section> css #page { display: grid; width: 100%; height: 250px; grid-template-areas: "head head" "nav main" "nav foot"; grid-template-rows: 50px 1fr 30px; grid-template-columns: 150px 1fr; } #page > header { grid-area: h...
grid-template - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
-right] [main-left] "nav main" 1fr [main-right] [footer-left] "nav foot" 30px [footer-right] / 120px 1fr; } header { background-color: lime; grid-area: head; } nav { background-color: lightblue; grid-area: nav; } main { background-color: yellow; grid-area: main; } footer { background-color: red; grid-area: foot; } html <
section id="page"> <header>header</header> <nav>navigation</nav> <main>main area</main> <footer>footer</footer> </
section> result specifications specification status comment css grid layoutthe definition of 'grid-template' in that specification.
page-break-inside - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
user agents may also apply it to other elements like table-row elements.inheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete formal syntax auto | avoid examples avoiding page breaks inside elements html <div class="page"> <p>this is the first paragraph.</p> <
section class="list"> <span>a list</span> <ol> <li>one</li> <!-- <li>two</li> --> </ol> </
section> <ul> <li>one</li> <!-- <li>two</li> --> </ul> <p>this is the second paragraph.</p> <p>this is the third paragraph, it contains more text.</p> <p>this is the fourth paragraph.
pointer-events - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
to help us in deciding how pointer-events should be further extended for html, if you have any particular things that you would like to be able to do with this property, then please add them to the use cases
section of this wiki page (don't worry about keeping it tidy).
text-overflow - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
width: 200px; border: 1px solid; padding: 2px 5px; /* both of the following are required for text-overflow */ white-space: nowrap; overflow: hidden; } .overflow-visible { white-space: initial; } .overflow-clip { text-overflow: clip; } .overflow-ellipsis { text-overflow: ellipsis; } .overflow-string { /* not supported in most browsers, see the 'browser compatibility'
section below */ text-overflow: " [..]"; } html <p class="overflow-visible">lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit.</p> <p class="overflow-clip">lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit.</p> <p class="overflow-ellipsis">lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit.</p> <p class="overflow-string">lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit.</...
matrix3d() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
html <
section id="example-element" tabindex="0"> <div class="face front">1</div> <div class="face back">2</div> <div class="face right">3</div> <div class="face left">4</div> <div class="face top">5</div> <div class="face bottom">6</div> </
section> css #example-element { width: 100px; height: 100px; transform-style: preserve-3d; transition: transform 1.5s; transform: rotate3d(1, 1, 1, ...
<transform-function> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
html <main> <
section id="example-element"> <div class="face front">1</div> <div class="face back">2</div> <div class="face right">3</div> <div class="face left">4</div> <div class="face top">5</div> <div class="face bottom">6</div> </
section> <div class="select-form"> <label>select a transform function</label> <select> <option selected>choose a function</option> ...
transform-style - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
html <
section id="example-element"> <div class="face front">1</div> <div class="face back">2</div> <div class="face right">3</div> <div class="face left">4</div> <div class="face top">5</div> <div class="face bottom">6</div> </
section> <div class="checkbox"> <label for="preserve"><code>preserve-3d</code></label> <input type="checkbox" id="preserve" checked> </div> css #example-element { ma...
CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
use css to solve common problems this module provides links to
sections of content explaining how to use css to solve common problems when creating a web page.
Demos of open web technologies
if you know of a good demonstration or application of open web technology, please add a link to the appropriate
section here.
Sets (set) - EXSLT
in other words, it returns a node-set whose nodes are in one node-set but not in the other.set:distinct()set:distinct() returns a subset of the nodes in the specified node-set, returning only nodes with unique string values.set:has-same-node()set:has-same-node() determines whether two node-sets have any nodes in common.set:inter
section()set:inter
section() returns the inter
section of two node-sets.
EXSLT
functions set:difference() set:distinct() set:inter
section() set:has-same-node() set:leading() set:trailing() strings the exslt strings package provides functions that allow the manipulation of strings.
Guide to Web APIs - Developer guides
tsbbackground tasksbattery api beaconbluetooth apibroadcast channel apiccss counter stylescss font loading api cssomcanvas apichannel messaging apiconsole apicredential management apiddomeencoding apiencrypted media extensionsffetch apifile system api frame timing apifullscreen apiggamepad api geolocation apihhtml drag and drop apihigh resolution timehistory apiiimage capture apiindexeddbinter
section observer apillong tasks api mmedia capabilities api media capture and streamsmedia session apimedia source extensions mediastream recordingnnavigation timingnetwork information api ppage visibility apipayment request apiperformance apiperformance timeline apipermissions apipointer eventspointer lock apiproximity events push api rresize observer apiresource timing apisserver sent eventsservi...
Media events - Developer guides
various events are sent when handling media that are embedded in html documents using the <audio> and <video> elements; this
section lists them and provides some helpful information about using them.
<input type="week"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
in the earliest year and week to accept as valid input readonly a boolean which, if present, indicates that the user cannot edit the field's contents step the stepping interval (the distance between allowed values) to use for both user interface and constraint validation max the latest (time-wise) year and week number, in the string format discussed in the value
section above, to accept.
<menu> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
context menus consist of a <menu> element which contains <menuitem> elements for each selectable option in the menu, <menu> elements for submenus within the menu, and <hr> elements for separator lines to break up the menu's content into
sections.
<p>: The Paragraph element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the end tag may be omitted if the <p> element is immediately followed by an <address>, <article>, <aside>, <blockquote>, <div>, <dl>, <fieldset>, <footer>, <form>, <h1>, <h2>, <h3>, <h4>, <h5>, <h6>, <header>, <hr>, <menu>, <nav>, <ol>, <pre>, <
section>, <table>, <ul> or another <p> element, or if there is no more content in the parent element and the parent element is not an <a> element.
HTTP authentication - HTTP
bearer see rfc 6750, bearer tokens to access oauth 2.0-protected resources digest see rfc 7616, only md5 hashing is supported in firefox, see bug 472823 for sha encryption support hoba see rfc 7486,
section 3, http origin-bound authentication, digital-signature-based mutual see rfc 8120 aws4-hmac-sha256 see aws docs basic authentication scheme the "basic" http authentication scheme is defined in rfc 7617, which transmits credentials as user id/password pairs, encoded using base64.
Identifying resources on the Web - HTTP
examples https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/learn tel:+1-816-555-1212 git@github.com:mdn/browser-compat-data.git ftp://example.org/resource.txt urn:isbn:9780141036144 mailto:help@supercyberhelpdesk.info specifications specification title rfc 7230,
section 2.7: uniform resource identifiers hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): message syntax and routing ...
Common MIME types - HTTP
nt format (woff) font/woff .woff2 web open font format (woff) font/woff2 .xhtml xhtml application/xhtml+xml .xls microsoft excel application/vnd.ms-excel .xlsx microsoft excel (openxml) application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet .xml xml application/xml if not readable from casual users (rfc 3023,
section 3) text/xml if readable from casual users (rfc 3023,
section 3) .xul xul application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml .zip zip archive application/zip .3gp 3gpp audio/video container video/3gpp audio/3gpp if it doesn't contain video .3g2 3gpp2 audio/video container video/3gpp2 audio/3gpp2 if it doesn't contain video .7z 7-zip ...
MIME types (IANA media types) - HTTP
note: use application/xml or application/xhtml+xml if you want xml’s strict parsing rules, <![cdata[…]]>
sections, or elements that aren't from html/svg/mathml namespaces.
Accept-Charset - HTTP
examples accept-charset: iso-8859-1 accept-charset: utf-8, iso-8859-1;q=0.5 accept-charset: utf-8, iso-8859-1;q=0.5, *;q=0.1 specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 5.3.3: accept-charset hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and context ...
Accept-Encoding - HTTP
examples accept-encoding: gzip accept-encoding: gzip, compress, br accept-encoding: br;q=1.0, gzip;q=0.8, *;q=0.1 specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 5.3.4: accept-encoding hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and context ...
Accept-Language - HTTP
examples accept-language: de accept-language: de-ch accept-language: en-us,en;q=0.5 specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 5.3.5: accept-language hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and context bcp 47 tags for the identification of language ...
Accept-Patch - HTTP
header name yes syntax accept-patch: application/example, text/example accept-patch: text/example;charset=utf-8 accept-patch: application/merge-patch+json directives none examples accept-patch: application/example, text/example accept-patch: text/example;charset=utf-8 accept-patch: application/merge-patch+json specifications specification title rfc 5789,
section 3.1: accept-patch http patch ...
Accept-Ranges - HTTP
examples accept-ranges: bytes specifications specification title rfc 7233,
section 2.3: accept-ranges hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): range requests ...
Accept - HTTP
examples accept: text/html accept: image/* // general default accept: */* // default for navigation requests accept: text/html, application/xhtml+xml, application/xml;q=0.9, */*;q=0.8 specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 5.3.2: accept hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and context ...
Age - HTTP
examples age: 24 specifications specification title rfc 7234,
section 5.1: age hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): caching ...
Allow - HTTP
examples allow: get, post, head specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 7.4.1: allow hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Authorization - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7235,
section 4.2: authorization http/1.1: authentication rfc 7617 the 'basic' http authentication scheme ...
Content-Encoding - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7932: brotli compressed data format brotli compressed data format rfc 7231,
section 3.1.2.2: content-encoding hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content rfc 2616,
section 14.11: content-encoding content-encoding ...
Content-Language - HTTP
content-language: de, en specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 3.1.3.2: content-language hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Content-Length - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7230,
section 3.3.2: content-length hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): message syntax and routing ...
Content-Location - HTTP
http/1.1 200 ok content-type: text/html; charset=utf-8 content-location: /my-receipts/38 <!doctype html> (lots of html…) <p>you sent $38.00 to exampleuser.</p> (lots more html…) specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 3.1.4.2: content-location hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Content-Range - HTTP
examples content-range: bytes 200-1000/67589 specifications specification title rfc 7233,
section 4.2: content-range hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): range requests ...
Content-Type - HTTP
52498929531610575 content-disposition: form-data; name="description" some text -----------------------------974767299852498929531610575 content-disposition: form-data; name="myfile"; filename="foo.txt" content-type: text/plain (content of the uploaded file foo.txt) -----------------------------974767299852498929531610575-- specifications specification title rfc 7233,
section 4.1: content-type in multipart hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): range requests rfc 7231,
section 3.1.1.5: content-type hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Cookie - HTTP
examples cookie: phpsessid=298zf09hf012fh2; csrftoken=u32t4o3tb3gg43; _gat=1 specifications specification title rfc 6265,
section 5.4: cookie http state management mechanism ...
Date - HTTP
examples date: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt new date().toutcstring() // "mon, 09 mar 2020 08:13:24 gmt" specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 7.1.1.2: date hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
ETag - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7232,
section 2.3: etag hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): conditional requests ...
Early-Data - HTTP
header type request header forbidden header name no syntax early-data: 1 examples get /resource http/1.0 host: example.com early-data: 1 specifications specification title rfc 8470,
section 5.1: the early-data header field using early data in http ...
Expect - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 5.1.1: expect hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Expires - HTTP
examples expires: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt specifications specification title rfc 7234,
section 5.3: expires hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): caching ...
Forwarded - HTTP
x-forwarded-for: 123.34.567.89 forwarded: for=123.34.567.89 x-forwarded-for: 192.0.2.43, "[2001:db8:cafe::17]" forwarded: for=192.0.2.43, for="[2001:db8:cafe::17]" specifications specification title rfc 7239,
section 4: forwarded forwarded http extension ...
From - HTTP
examples from: webmaster@example.org specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 5.5.1: from hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Host - HTTP
examples host: developer.cdn.mozilla.net specifications specification title rfc 7230,
section 5.4: host hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): message syntax and routing ...
If-Match - HTTP
examples if-match: "bfc13a64729c4290ef5b2c2730249c88ca92d82d" if-match: "67ab43", "54ed21", "7892dd" if-match: * specifications specification title rfc 7232,
section 3.1: if-match hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): conditional requests ...
If-Modified-Since - HTTP
examples if-modified-since: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt specifications specification title rfc 7232,
section 3.3: if-modified-since hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): conditional requests ...
If-None-Match - HTTP
examples if-none-match: "bfc13a64729c4290ef5b2c2730249c88ca92d82d" if-none-match: w/"67ab43", "54ed21", "7892dd" if-none-match: * specifications specification title rfc 7232,
section 3.2: if-none-match hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): conditional requests ...
If-Range - HTTP
examples if-range: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt specifications specification title rfc 7233,
section 3.2: if-range hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): range requests ...
If-Unmodified-Since - HTTP
examples if-unmodified-since: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt specifications specification title rfc 7232,
section 3.4: if-unmodified-since hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): conditional requests ...
Last-Modified - HTTP
examples last-modified: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt specifications specification title rfc 7232,
section 2.2: last-modified hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): conditional requests ...
Link - HTTP
://example.com>; rel="preconnect" link: https://bad.example; rel="preconnect" specifying multiple links you can specify multiple links separated by commas, for example: link: <https://one.example.com>; rel="preconnect", <https://two.example.com>; rel="preconnect", <https://three.example.com>; rel="preconnect" specifications specification status comments rfc 8288,
section 3: link serialisation in http headers ietf rfc rfc 5988,
section 5: the link header field ietf rfc initial definition ...
Location - HTTP
examples location: /index.html specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 7.1.2: location hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Origin - HTTP
examples origin: https://developer.mozilla.org specifications specification comment rfc 6454,
section 7: origin the web origin concept fetchthe definition of 'origin header' in that specification.
Pragma - HTTP
examples pragma: no-cache specifications specification title rfc 7234,
section 5.4: pragma hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): caching ...
Proxy-Authenticate - HTTP
examples proxy-authenticate: basic proxy-authenticate: basic realm="access to the internal site" specifications specification title rfc 7235,
section 4.3: proxy-authenticate http/1.1: authentication rfc 7617 the 'basic' http authentication scheme ...
Proxy-Authorization - HTTP
examples proxy-authorization: basic ywxhzgrpbjpvcgvuc2vzyw1l specifications specification title rfc 7235,
section 4.4: proxy-authorization http/1.1: authentication rfc 7617 the 'basic' http authentication scheme ...
Public-Key-Pins - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7469,
section 2.1: public-key-pins public key pinning extension for http ...
Range - HTTP
range: bytes=0-499, -500 specifications specification title rfc 7233,
section 3.1: range hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): range requests ...
Retry-After - HTTP
retry-after: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt retry-after: 120 specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 7.1.3: retry-after hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Sec-WebSocket-Accept - HTTP
examples sec-websocket-accept: s3pplmbitxaq9kygzzhzrbk+xoo= specification specification title rfc 6455,
section 11.3.3: sec-websocket-accept the websocket protocol ...
Server - HTTP
examples server: apache/2.4.1 (unix) specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 7.4.2: server hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
SameSite cookies - HTTP
e;02;https://www.example.org;30/;samesite=none;secure] rewriterule "^(.*)\.html$" "index.php?nav=$1 [nc,l,qsa,co=rewriterule;03;https://www.example.org;30/;samesite=none;secure] [...] rewriterule "^admin/(.*)\.html$" "admin/index.php?nav=$1 [nc,l,qsa,co=rewriterule;09;https://www.example.org:30/;samesite=strict;secure] specifications specification title rfc 6265,
section 4.1: set-cookie http state management mechanism draft-ietf-httpbis-rfc6265bis-05 cookie prefixes, same-site cookies, and strict secure cookies ...
Set-Cookie - HTTP
-id=123; secure; domain=example.com set-cookie: __host-id=123; secure; path=/ // rejected due to missing secure attribute set-cookie: __secure-id=1 // rejected due to the missing path=/ attribute set-cookie: __host-id=1; secure // rejected due to setting a domain set-cookie: __host-id=1; secure; path=/; domain=example.com specifications specification title rfc 6265,
section 4.1: set-cookie http state management mechanism draft-ietf-httpbis-rfc6265bis-05 cookie prefixes, same-site cookies, and strict secure cookies ...
TE - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7230,
section 4.3: te hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): message syntax and routing ...
Trailer - HTTP
http/1.1 200 ok content-type: text/plain transfer-encoding: chunked trailer: expires 7\r\n mozilla\r\n 9\r\n developer\r\n 7\r\n network\r\n 0\r\n expires: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt\r\n \r\n specifications specification title rfc 7230,
section 4.4: trailer hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): message syntax and routing rfc 7230,
section 4.1.2: chunked trailer part hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): message syntax and routing ...
Transfer-Encoding - HTTP
a chunked response looks like this: http/1.1 200 ok content-type: text/plain transfer-encoding: chunked 7\r\n mozilla\r\n 9\r\n developer\r\n 7\r\n network\r\n 0\r\n \r\n specifications specification title rfc 7230,
section 3.3.1: transfer-encoding hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): message syntax and routing ...
User-Agent - HTTP
u iphone os 13_5_1 like mac os x) applewebkit/605.1.15 (khtml, like gecko) version/13.1.1 mobile/15e148 safari/604.1 internet explorer ua string examples mozilla/5.0 (compatible; msie 9.0; windows phone os 7.5; trident/5.0; iemobile/9.0) crawler and bot ua strings examples googlebot/2.1 (+http://www.google.com/bot.html) specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 5.5.3: user-agent hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content rfc 2616,
section 14.43: user-agent hypertext transfer protocol -- http/1.1 ...
Vary - HTTP
vary: user-agent specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 7.1.4: vary hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
Via - HTTP
examples via: 1.1 vegur via: http/1.1 gwa via: 1.0 fred, 1.1 p.example.net specifications specification title rfc 7230,
section 5.7.1: via hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): message syntax and routing ...
WWW-Authenticate - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7235,
section 4.1: www-authenticate http/1.1: authentication rfc 7617 the 'basic' http authentication scheme ...
Warning - HTTP
299 miscellaneous persistent warning same as 199, but indicating a persistent warning examples warning: 110 anderson/1.3.37 "response is stale" date: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt warning: 112 - "cache down" "wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt" specifications specification title rfc 7234,
section 5.5: warning hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): caching ...
HTTP Messages - HTTP
multiple-resource bodies, consisting of a multipart body, each containing a different
section of information.
CONNECT - HTTP
connect server.example.com:80 http/1.1 host: server.example.com:80 proxy-authorization: basic agvsbg86d29ybgq= specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 4.3.6: connect hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
DELETE - HTTP
http/1.1 200 ok date: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt <html> <body> <h1>file deleted.</h1> </body> </html> specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 4.3.5: delete hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
GET - HTTP
request has body no successful response has body yes safe yes idempotent yes cacheable yes allowed in html forms yes syntax get /index.html specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 4.3.1: get hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
HEAD - HTTP
request has body no successful response has body no safe yes idempotent yes cacheable yes allowed in html forms no syntax head /index.html specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 4.3.2: head hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
OPTIONS - HTTP
mon, 01 dec 2008 01:15:39 gmt server: apache/2.0.61 (unix) access-control-allow-origin: https://foo.example access-control-allow-methods: post, get, options access-control-allow-headers: x-pingother, content-type access-control-max-age: 86400 vary: accept-encoding, origin keep-alive: timeout=2, max=100 connection: keep-alive specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 4.3.7: options hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
POST - HTTP
field2=value2 a form using the multipart/form-data content type: post /test http/1.1 host: foo.example content-type: multipart/form-data;boundary="boundary" --boundary content-disposition: form-data; name="field1" value1 --boundary content-disposition: form-data; name="field2"; filename="example.txt" value2 --boundary-- specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 4.3.3: post hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content rfc 2046,
section 5.1.1: common syntax multipurpose internet mail extensions (mime) part two: media types ...
PUT - HTTP
http/1.1 204 no content content-location: /existing.html specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 4.3.4: put hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
TRACE - HTTP
request has body no successful response has body no safe no idempotent yes cacheable no allowed in html forms no syntax trace /index.html specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 4.3.8: trace hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
100 Continue - HTTP
status 100 continue specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.2.1: 100 continue hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
101 Switching Protocols - HTTP
http/1.1 101 switching protocols upgrade: websocket connection: upgrade specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.2.2: 101 switching protocol hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
200 OK - HTTP
status 200 ok specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.3.1: 200 ok hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
201 Created - HTTP
status 201 created specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.3.2: 201 created hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
202 Accepted - HTTP
status 202 accepted specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.3.3: 202 accepted hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
203 Non-Authoritative Information - HTTP
status 203 non-authoritative information specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.3.4: 203 non-authoritative information hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
204 No Content - HTTP
status 204 no content specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.3.5: 204 no content hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
205 Reset Content - HTTP
status 205 reset content specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.3.6: 205 reset content hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content compatibility notes browser behavior differs if this response erroneously includes a body on persistent connections see 204 no content for more detail.
206 Partial Content - HTTP
--string_separator content-type: application/pdf content-range: bytes 4590-7999/8000 ...the second range --string_separator-- specifications specification title rfc 7233,
section 4.1: 206 partial content hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): range requests ...
300 Multiple Choices - HTTP
status 300 multiple choices specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.4.1: 300 multiple choices hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
301 Moved Permanently - HTTP
status 301 moved permanently example client request get /index.php http/1.1 host: www.example.org server response http/1.1 301 moved permanently location: http://www.example.org/index.asp specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.4.2: 301 moved permanently hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
302 Found - HTTP
status 302 found specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.4.3: 302 found hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
303 See Other - HTTP
status 303 see other specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.4.4: 303 see other hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
304 Not Modified - HTTP
status 304 not modified specifications specification title rfc 7232,
section 4.1: 304 not modified hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): conditional requests ...
307 Temporary Redirect - HTTP
status 307 temporary redirect specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.4.7: 307 temporary redirect hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
308 Permanent Redirect - HTTP
for example, google drive uses a 308 resume incomplete response to indicate to the client when an incomplete upload stalled.[1] status 308 permanent redirect specifications specification title rfc 7538,
section 3: 308 permanent redirect the hypertext transfer protocol status code 308 (permanent redirect) ...
400 Bad Request - HTTP
status 400 bad request specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.1: 400 bad request hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
401 Unauthorized - HTTP
status 401 unauthorized example response http/1.1 401 unauthorized date: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt www-authenticate: basic realm="access to staging site" specifications specification title rfc 7235,
section 3.1: 401 unauthorized http/1.1: authentication ...
402 Payment Required - HTTP
status 402 payment required example response http/1.1 402 payment required date: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.2: 402 payment required http/1.1: semantics and content ...
403 Forbidden - HTTP
status 403 forbidden example response http/1.1 403 forbidden date: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.3: 403 forbidden http/1.1: semantics and content ...
404 Not Found - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.4: 404 not found hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
405 Method Not Allowed - HTTP
status 405 method not allowed specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.5: 405 method not allowed hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
406 Not Acceptable - HTTP
status 406 not acceptable specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.6: 406 not acceptable hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
407 Proxy Authentication Required - HTTP
status 407 proxy authentication required example response http/1.1 407 proxy authentication required date: wed, 21 oct 2015 07:28:00 gmt proxy-authenticate: basic realm="access to internal site" specifications specification title rfc 7235,
section 3.2: 407 proxy authentication required http/1.1: authentication ...
408 Request Timeout - HTTP
status 408 request timeout specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.7: 408 request timeout hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
409 Conflict - HTTP
status 409 conflict specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.8: 409 conflict hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
410 Gone - HTTP
status 410 gone specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.9: 410 gone hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
411 Length Required - HTTP
status 411 length required specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.10: 411 length required hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
412 Precondition Failed - HTTP
specifications specification title rfc 7232,
section 4.2: 412 precondition failed hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): conditional requests ...
413 Payload Too Large - HTTP
status 413 payload too large specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.11: 413 payload too large hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
414 URI Too Long - HTTP
status 414 uri too long specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.12: 414 uri too long hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
415 Unsupported Media Type - HTTP
status 415 unsupported media type specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.13: 415 unsupported media type hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
416 Range Not Satisfiable - HTTP
status 416 range not satisfiable specifications specification title rfc 7233,
section 4.4: 416 request not satisfiable hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): range requests ...
417 Expectation Failed - HTTP
status 417 expectation failed specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.14: 417 expectation failed hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
418 I'm a teapot - HTTP
status 418 i'm a teapot specifications specification title rfc 2324,
section 2.3.2: 418 i'm a teapot hyper text coffee pot control protocol (htcpcp/1.0): semantics and content rfc 7168,
section 2.3.3: 418 i'm a teapot the hyper text coffee pot control protocol for tea efflux appliances (htcpcp-tea): response codes ...
422 Unprocessable Entity - HTTP
status 422 unprocessable entity specifications specification title rfc 4918,
section 11.2: 422 unprocessable entity http extensions for web distributed authoring and versioning (webdav) ...
425 Too Early - HTTP
status 425 too early specifications specification title rfc 8470,
section 5.2: 425: early data using early data in http ...
426 Upgrade Required - HTTP
status 426 upgrade required examples http/1.1 426 upgrade required upgrade: http/2.0 connection: upgrade content-length: 53 content-type: text/plain this service requires use of the http/2.0 protocol specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.5.15: 426 upgrade required hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
428 Precondition Required - HTTP
status 428 precondition required specifications specification title rfc 6585,
section 3: 428 precondition required additional http status codes ...
429 Too Many Requests - HTTP
status 429 too many requests example http/1.1 429 too many requests content-type: text/html retry-after: 3600 specifications specification title rfc 6585,
section 4: 429 too many requests additional http status codes ...
431 Request Header Fields Too Large - HTTP
servers will often produce this status if: the referer url is too long there are too many cookies sent in the request status 431 request header fields too large specifications specification title rfc 6585,
section 5: 431 request header fields too large additional http status codes ...
500 Internal Server Error - HTTP
status 500 internal server error specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.6.1: 500 internal server error hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
501 Not Implemented - HTTP
status 501 not implemented specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.6.2: 501 not implemented hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
502 Bad Gateway - HTTP
status 502 bad gateway specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.6.3: 502 bad gateway hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
503 Service Unavailable - HTTP
status 503 service unavailable specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.6.4: 503 service unavailable hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
504 Gateway Timeout - HTTP
status 504 gateway timeout specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.6.5: 504 gateway timeout hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
505 HTTP Version Not Supported - HTTP
status 505 http version not supported specifications specification title rfc 7231,
section 6.6.6: 505 http version not supported hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content ...
506 Variant Also Negotiates - HTTP
status 506 variant also negotiates specifications specification title rfc 2295,
section 8.1: 506 variant also negotiates transparent content negotiation in http ...
507 Insufficient Storage - HTTP
status 507 insufficient storage specifications specification title rfc 4918,
section 11.5: 507 insufficient storage web distributed authoring and versioning ...
508 Loop Detected - HTTP
status 508 loop detected specifications specification title rfc 5842,
section 7.2: 508 loop detected web distributed authoring and versioning ...
510 Not Extended - HTTP
status 510 not extended specifications specification title rfc 2774,
section 7: 510 not extended an http extension framework ...
511 Network Authentication Required - HTTP
status 511 network authentication required specifications specification title rfc 6585,
section 6: 511 network authentication required additional http status codes ...